Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
  ACT OF 1934.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number 001-07882

 

 

ADVANCED MICRO DEVICES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   94-1692300

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

One AMD Place, Sunnyvale, California   94088
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(408) 749-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

(Title of each class)

 

(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Common Stock per share $0.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files):    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of July 2, 2011, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $4.1 billion based on the reported closing sale price of $7.11 per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on July 1, 2011, which was the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: 698,485,070 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, as of February 17, 2012.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we expect will be held on or about May 10, 2012 (2012 Proxy Statement) are incorporated into Part III hereof.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

FORM 10-K

For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011

INDEX

 

PART I

          1   

ITEM 1.

    

BUSINESS

     1   

ITEM 1A.

    

RISK FACTORS

     13   

ITEM 1B.

    

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     25   

ITEM 2.

    

PROPERTIES

     26   

ITEM 3.

    

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     26   

ITEM 4.

    

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

     26   

PART II

          27   

ITEM 5.

    

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     27   

ITEM 6.

    

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     29   

ITEM 7.

    

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     30   

ITEM 7A.

    

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

     52   

ITEM 8.

    

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     54   

ITEM 9.

    

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     98   

ITEM 9A.

    

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     98   

ITEM 9B.

    

OTHER INFORMATION

     99   

PART III

          99   

ITEM 10.

    

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     99   

ITEM 11.

    

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     99   

ITEM 12.

    

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     99   

ITEM 13.

    

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

     99   

ITEM 14.

    

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

     99   

PART IV

          100   

ITEM 15.

    

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     100   

SIGNATURES

          107   


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

The statements in this report include forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and beliefs and involve numerous risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as predictions of future events as we cannot assure you that the events or circumstances reflected in these statements will be achieved or will occur. You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking terminology including “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “intends,” “plans,” “pro forma,” “estimates,” or “anticipates” or the negative of these words and phrases or other variations of these words and phrases or comparable terminology. The forward-looking statements relate to, among other things:demand for our products; the timing of new product releases and technology transitions; the growth and competitive landscape of the markets in which we participate; the nature and extent of our future payments to GLOBALFOUNDRIES Inc. (GF) under the wafer supply agreement (WSA) and the materiality of these payments; manufacturing yields at GF and constrained supply of products from GF; the 2011 restructuring plan, including the timing of actions in connection with the plan and anticipated restructuring charges, cash expenditures, operational savings, and our intention to use these savings to fund certain strategic initiatives; the level of international sales as compared to total sales; the availability of external financing; our ability to sell our auction rate securities in the next twelve months; that our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and anticipated cash flow from operations and available external financing will be sufficient to fund our operations over the next twelve months; our dependence on a small number of customers; our hedging strategy; the continued shortage of hard disk drives as a result of the floods in Thailand; and the adequacy of our existing facilities for our present purpose. Material factors and assumptions that were applied in making these forward-looking statements include, without limitation, the following: the expected rate of market growth and demand for our products and technologies (and the mix thereof); manufacturing yields and wafer volumes from our third-party wafer foundry suppliers; our expected market share; our expected product costs and average selling price; our overall competitive position and the competitiveness of our current and future products; our ability to introduce new products, consistent with our current roadmap; our ability to raise sufficient capital on favorable terms; our ability to make additional investment in research and development and that such opportunities will be available; our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of our fabless business model; the expected demand for computers; and the state of credit markets and macroeconomic conditions. Material factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, without limitation, the following: that Intel Corporation’s pricing, marketing and rebating programs, product bundling, standard setting, new product introductions or other activities may negatively impact our plans; that we may be unable to develop, launch and ramp new products and technologies in the volumes that are required by the market at mature yields on a timely basis; that our third party wafer foundry suppliers will be unable to transition our products to advanced manufacturing process technologies in a timely and effective way or to manufacture our products on a timely basis in sufficient quantities and using competitive process technologies; that we will be unable to obtain sufficient manufacturing capacity or components to meet demand for our products or will not fully utilize our projected manufacturing capacity needs at GFs microprocessor manufacturing facilities in 2012 and beyond; that customers stop buying our products or materially reduce their operations or demand for our products; that we may be unable to maintain the level of investment in research and development that is required to remain competitive; that there may be unexpected variations in market growth and demand for our products and technologies in light of the product mix that we may have available at any particular time or a decline in demand; that we will require additional funding and may be unable to raise sufficient capital on favorable terms, or at all; that global business and economic conditions will not improve or will worsen; that demand for computers will be lower than currently expected; and the effect of political or economic instability, domestically or internationally, on our sales or supply chain.

For a discussion of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements, see “Part I, Item 1A—Risk Factors” and the “Financial Condition” section set forth in “Part II, Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” or MD&A, beginning on page 30 below and such other risks and uncertainties as set forth below in this report or detailed in our other Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) reports and filings. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements.

General

We are a global semiconductor company with facilities around the world. Within the global semiconductor industry, we offer primarily:

 

  (i) x86 microprocessors, as standalone devices or as incorporated as an accelerated processing unit, for the commercial and consumer markets, embedded microprocessors for commercial, commercial client and consumer markets and chipsets for desktop and mobile devices, including mobile personal computers, or PCs, and tablets, professional workstations and servers; and

 

1


Table of Contents
  (ii) graphics, video and multimedia products for desktop and mobile devices, including mobile PCs and tablets, home media PCs and professional workstations, servers and technology for game consoles.

For financial information about geographic areas and for segment information with respect to revenues and operating results, refer to the information set forth in Note 13 of our consolidated financial statements, beginning on page 86 below.

Additional Information

We were incorporated under the laws of Delaware on May 1, 1969 and became a publicly held company in 1972. Since 1979 our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AMD.” Our mailing address and executive offices are located at One AMD Place, Sunnyvale, California 94088, and our telephone number is (408) 749-4000. References in this report to “AMD,” “we,” “us,” “management,” “our,” or the “Company” mean Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries.

AMD, the AMD Arrow logo, ATI, the ATI logo, AMD Athlon, AMD Opteron, AMD Phenom, AMD Sempron, AMD Turion, FirePro, FireStream, CrossFire, Radeon, and combinations thereof are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Microsoft, Windows, and DirectX are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other jurisdictions. HyperTransport is a licensed trademark of the HyperTransport Technology Consortium. Other names are for informational purposes only and are used to identify companies and products and may be trademarks of their respective owners.

Website Access to Company Reports and Corporate Governance Documents

We post on the Investor Relations pages of our Web site, www.amd.com, a link to our filings with the SEC, our Principles of Corporate Governance, our Code of Ethics for our Executive Officers and all other senior finance executives, our “Worldwide Standards of Business Conduct,” which applies to our Board of Directors and all of our employees, and the charters of our Audit and Finance, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance committees of our Board of Directors. Our filings with the SEC are posted as soon as reasonably practical after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. You can also obtain copies of these documents by writing to us at: Corporate Secretary, AMD, 7171 Southwest Parkway, M/S 100, Austin, Texas 78735, or emailing us at: Corporate.Secretary@amd.com. All of these documents and filings are available free of charge.

If we make substantive amendments to our Code of Ethics, or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, we intend to disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our Web site or in a Current Report on Form 8-K in accordance with applicable rules and regulations.

Please note that information contained on our Web site is not incorporated by reference in, or considered to be a part of, this report.

Our Industry

Semiconductors are components used in a variety of electronic products and systems. An integrated circuit, or IC, is a semiconductor device that consists of many interconnected transistors on a single chip. Since the invention of the transistor in 1948, improvements in IC process and design technologies have led to the development of smaller, more complex and more reliable ICs at a lower cost per function. In order to satisfy the demand for faster, smaller and lower-cost ICs, semiconductor companies have continually developed improvements in manufacturing and process technology and design. ICs are increasingly being manufactured using smaller geometries on larger silicon wafers. Use of smaller process geometries can result in products that are higher performing, use less power and cost less to manufacture on a per unit basis.

Computing Solutions

The x86 Microprocessor Market

Central Processing Unit (CPU)

A microprocessor is an IC that serves as the central processing unit, or CPU, of a computer. It generally consists of millions of transistors that process data and control other devices in the system, acting as the brain of the computer. The performance of a microprocessor is a critical factor impacting the performance of a computer and numerous other electronic systems. The principal indicators of CPU performance are work-per-cycle, or how many instructions are executed per cycle, clock speed, representing the rate at which a CPUs internal logic operates, measured in units of hertz, or cycles per second, and power consumption. Other factors impacting microprocessor performance include the number of CPUs, or cores, on a microprocessor, the bit rating of the microprocessor, memory size and data access speed.

Developments in circuit design and manufacturing process technologies have resulted in significant advances in microprocessor performance. Currently, microprocessors are designed to process 32-bits or 64-bits of information at one time. The bit rating of a microprocessor generally denotes the largest size of numerical data that a microprocessor can handle. Microprocessors with 64-bit processing capabilities enable systems to have greater performance by allowing software applications and operating systems to access more memory.

 

2


Table of Contents

Moreover, as businesses and consumers require greater performance from their computer systems due to the growth of digital data and increasingly sophisticated software applications, semiconductor companies are designing and developing multi-core microprocessors, where multiple processor cores are placed on a single die or in a single processor. Multi-core microprocessors offer enhanced overall system performance and efficiency because computing tasks can be spread across two or more processing cores each of which can execute a task at full speed. Moreover, multiple processor cores packaged together can increase performance of a computer system without greatly increasing the total amount of power consumed and the total amount of heat emitted. This type of “symmetrical multiprocessing” is effective in both multi-tasking environments where multiple cores can enable operating systems to prioritize and manage tasks from multiple software applications simultaneously and also for “multi-threaded” software applications where multiple cores can process different parts of the software program, or “threads,” simultaneously thereby enhancing performance of the application. Businesses and consumers also require computer systems with improved power management technology, which allows them to reduce the power consumption of their computer systems thereby reducing the total cost of ownership.

Accelerated Processing Unit (APU)

While general purpose computer architectures based on the x86 architecture are sufficient for many customers, we believe that an architecture that optimizes the use of a CPU and graphics processing unit, or GPU, for a given workload can provide a substantial improvement in user experience, performance and energy efficiency. As the volume of digital media increases, we believe many customers can benefit from an accelerated computing architecture. An accelerated computing architecture enables “offloading” of selected tasks, thereby optimizing the use of multiple computational units such as the CPU and GPU, depending on the application or workload. For example, serial workloads are better suited for CPUs, while highly parallel tasks may be better performed by a GPU. Our AMD Accelerated Processing Unit, or APU, combines our CPU and GPU onto a single piece of silicon. We believe that high performance computing workloads, workloads that are visual in nature and even traditional applications such as photo and video editing or other multi-media applications can benefit from our accelerated computing architecture.

Microprocessor Products (CPUs and APUs)

We currently design, develop and sell microprocessor products for servers, desktop PCs and mobile devices, including mobile PCs and tablets. Our microprocessors and chipsets are incorporated into computing platforms that also include GPUs and core software to enable and advance the computing components. A platform is a collection of technologies that are designed to work together to provide a more complete computing solution. We believe that integrated, balanced platforms consisting of microprocessors, chipsets and GPUs that work together at the system level bring end users improved system stability, increased performance and enhanced power efficiency. Furthermore, by combining all of these elements onto a single piece of silicon as an APU, we believe system performance and power efficiency is further improved. In addition to the enhancements at the end-user level, our customers also benefit from an all-AMD platform, as we are able to provide them with a single point of contact for the key platform components and enable them to bring the platforms to market faster in a variety of client and server system form factors.

Our CPUs and APUs are manufactured primarily using 45-nanometer (nm), 40nm, and 32nm process technology. We currently base our microprocessors and chipsets on the x86 instruction set architecture and AMD’s Direct Connect Architecture, which connects an on-chip memory controller and input/output, or I/O, channels directly to one or more microprocessor cores. We typically integrate two or more processor cores onto a single die, and each core has its own dedicated cache, which is memory that is located on the semiconductor die, permitting quicker access to frequently used data and instructions. Some of our microprocessors have additional levels of cache such as L2, or second level cache, and L3, or third level cache, to enable faster data access and higher performance.

Energy efficiency and power consumption continue to be key design principles for our products. We focus on continually improving power management technology, or “performance-per-watt.” To that end, we offer CPUs, APUs and chipsets with features that we have designed to reduce system level energy consumption, with multiple levels of lower clock speed and voltage states that reduce processor power consumption during idle times. We design our CPUs and APUs to be compatible with operating system software such as the Microsoft® Windows® family of operating systems, Linux®, NetWare®, Solaris and UNIX. Our CPUs and chipsets support multiple generations of HyperTransport™ technology, which is a high-bandwidth communications interface that enables higher levels of multi-processor performance and scalability over traditional front side bus-based microprocessor technology.

Our AMD family of APUs represents a new approach to processor design and software development, delivering serial, parallel and visual compute capabilities for HD video, 3D and data-intensive workloads in the APU. APUs combine high-performance serial and parallel processing cores with other special-purpose hardware accelerators. We design our APUs for improved visual computing, security, performance-per-watt and smaller device form factors. Having the CPU and GPU on the same chip reduces the system power and bill-of-materials, speeds the flow of data between the CPU and GPU through shared memory and allows the GPU to function as both a graphic engine and an application accelerator in high efficient compute platforms.

 

3


Table of Contents

Building on the integration of our CPU and GPU onto a single piece of silicon, we are focused on evolving our accelerated computing architecture in such a manner so that software programmers see a single multi-purpose processing unit. Heterogeneous Systems Architecture describes our overarching design for having combinations of CPU and GPU processor cores operate as a unified engine that we intend to be both higher performance and lower power than our previous architectures.

Server. A server is a system that performs services for connected clients as part of a client-server architecture. Servers are designed to run an application or applications, often for extended periods of time with minimal human direction. Examples of servers include web servers, e-mail servers, print servers and cloud computing servers. These servers run a variety of applications including business intelligence, enterprise resource planning, customer relationship management and advanced scientific or engineering models commonly referred to as high performance computing, or HPC. HPC involves the use of supercomputers and computer clusters to solve advanced computational problems in disciplines ranging from financial modeling to weather forecasting to oil and gas exploration. Cloud computing is a computing model where data, applications and services are delivered over the internet or an intranet.

In November 2011, we launched the AMD Opteron™ 6200 series processor, codenamed “Interlagos,” and AMD Opteron 4200 series processor, codenamed “Valencia,” our latest generation of microprocessors for server platforms that consist of 8-, 12- and 16-core versions and are based on our x86 “Bulldozer” architecture. These new processors are designed to specifically enhance the scalability of enterprise applications while enabling Web and database center customers to better handle emerging cloud and virtualization workloads. Virtualization is the use of software to allow multiple discrete operating systems and application environments (i.e., multiple virtual servers) to share a single physical computer. By enabling multiple operating systems and applications to run on the same server, virtualization offers the benefit of consolidating workloads and reducing hardware requirements, which can also reduce power, cooling and system management costs. We designed the AMD Opteron 6200 series processor to handle multi-threaded workloads, such as cloud computing, virtualization, HPC, databases and business application. We designed the AMD Opteron 4200 series processor to handle demanding server workloads at the lowest possible energy consumption, which we believe is well suited for power-conscious cloud deployments and for IT infrastructure and collaboration.

In February 2011, we introduced five new members of the AMD Opteron 6100 Series platform designed to address the demand for low-power, balanced systems for small and medium businesses and increased performance-per-dollar-per-watt for enterprise and public sector environments.

Mobile Devices. Consumers continue to demand thinner and lighter mobile platforms with better entertainment performance and longer battery life. In response to this demand, we continue to invest in designing and developing higher performing and low power mobile platforms. Our APUs for mobile PC platforms consist of our performance, mainstream A-Series APU, codenamed “Llano,” that we launched in July 2011, the E-Series APU for mainstream, everyday performance, codenamed “Zacate,” that we launched in January 2011, the C-Series APU for HD internet experiences in small form factors, codenamed “Ontario,” that we also launched in January 2011 and the Z–Series APU for Windows-based tablets, codenamed “Desna,” that we launched in June 2011. Our APUs for mobile platforms combine discrete-level graphics, dedicated HD video processing and multi-core CPU processors on a single die for maximum performance and power efficiency in the smallest space.

Our CPUs for mobile PC platforms consist of the AMD Phenom™ II Dual-Core Mobile Processor, AMD Phenom II Triple-Core, AMD Phenom II Quad-Core Mobile Processor, AMD Turion™ X2 Mobile Processor, AMD Turion II Mobile Processor, AMD Turion II Ultra Mobile Processor, AMD Turion Neo X2 Mobile Processor, AMD Athlon™ II processor, AMD Athlon II Neo processor, AMD Athlon Neo X2 Dual-Core processor and the Mobile AMD Sempron™ processor.

Desktop. Our APUs for desktop PC platforms consist primarily of the AMD A Series “Llano” APU and the E-Series “Zacate” APU. The desktop A-Series APU was designed for mainstream desktop platforms and comes in quad-, triple- and dual-core versions. We designed the desktop E-Series APUs for all-in-ones, or desktop computers that combine the APU or CPU with the monitor, and small form factor desktop PCs. Our CPUs for desktop PC platforms consist of the following: AMD FX processors based on the “Bulldozer” x86 multi-core architecture, which are available with eight-, six- and quad- core versions, AMD Phenom II processors, which are available with six-, quad-, triple- and dual- core technology, AMD Athlon II processors, which are available in quad-, triple- and dual- core versions, and AMD Sempron processors. We designed the AMD FX processors for multitasking, high resolution gaming, and HD media processing.

Embedded Processor Products

Our embedded products address customer needs in PC-adjacent markets. Typically, our embedded products are used in applications that require high to moderate levels of performance where key features include low cost, mobility, low power and small form factor. High performance graphics are increasingly important in many embedded systems. Customers of our embedded products include vendors in industrial controls, digital signage, point of sale/self-service kiosks, medical imaging, set-top box and casino gaming machines as well as enterprise class telecommunications, networking, security, storage systems and thin-clients, or computers that serve as an access device on a network.

 

4


Table of Contents

The embedded market has moved from developing proprietary, custom designs to leveraging the industry-standard x86 instruction set architecture as a way to reduce costs and speed time to market. Customer requirements for these systems include: very low power for small enclosures and 24x7 operation, support for Linux, Windows and other operating systems, and high-performance for increasingly sophisticated applications. Other requirements include advanced specifications for industrial temperatures, shock and vibration, and reliability.

Our embedded platforms include options from the AMD Opteron, AMD Athlon, AMD Turion, and AMD Sempron processor families; the AMD Embedded G-Series, which is the embedded version of our APUs; the AMD Radeon™ graphics processor family; and numerous AMD chipsets. These products are part of the AMD Longevity Program, which provides for an availability period of up to five years in some cases in order to support lengthy development and qualification cycles and long-term life of the system in the market.

In May 2011, we announced two additional AMD Embedded G-Series APUs. These low-power processors are designed for compact, fanless embedded systems like digital signage, kiosks, and mobile industrial devices. Also in May 2011, we introduced the AMD Radeon E6760 embedded discrete graphics processor, which offers embedded system designers the combination of OpenCL™, and AMD Eyefinity-enhanced support. OpenCL, or Open Computing Language, is the programming standard for general-purpose computations on systems that use more than one kind of processor, such as an APU. AMD Eyefinity is a technology that allows a game to be played across multiple screens in a panoramic view with minimal distortion by allowing up to six monitors to be connected to one graphics processor.

Chipset Market and Products

Chipsets send data between the microprocessor and input, display and storage devices, such as the keyboard, mouse, monitor, hard drive and CD or DVD drive. Chipsets perform essential logic functions, such as balancing the performance of the system and removing bottlenecks. Chipsets also extend the graphics, audio, video and other capabilities of computer systems. All desktop and mobile PCs as well as servers incorporate a chipset. In many PCs, the chipset is integrated with additional functions such as a GPU. An integrated chipset solution is commonly known as an integrated graphics processor, or IGP, chipset. Chipsets that do not integrate a graphics core are connected to what is known as a discrete GPU. IGP chipsets offer a lower cost solution and in some circumstances can offer reduced power consumption or smaller system form factors. A majority of PCs make use of IGP chipsets, while discrete GPUs are used in higher performance PCs and servers. Our APU architecture replaces an IGP-type chipset with an AMD Fusion Controller Hub chip which performs the input and output functions of the chipset. We believe that the combination of an APU and the AMD Fusion Controller Hub will eventually replace our market for IGP chipsets.

In June 2011, we launched our 9-Series Chipsets designed to help our customers develop next generation high performance desktop platforms.

Graphics

Graphics Market

The primary product of a semiconductor graphics supplier is the GPU. The GPU is specifically architected for high performance graphics processing, unlike the CPU. In this way, a dedicated GPU and CPU work in tandem to increase overall speed and performance of the system. A graphics solution can be in the form of either a discrete GPU, an integrated chipset, an embedded graphics processor or a combination of the discrete GPU and integrated/embedded solution working in tandem. The semiconductor graphics market addresses the need for visual or parallel processing in various computing and entertainment platforms such as desktop PCs, mobile PCs and workstations. Users of these products value a rich visual experience, particularly in the high-end enthusiast market where consumers often seek out the fastest and highest performing visual processing products to enable the most compelling and immersive gaming experiences. Moreover, for many consumers, the PC is evolving from a traditional data and communications processing machine to an entertainment platform. Visual realism and graphical display capabilities are key elements of product differentiation among various product platforms. This has led to the increasing creation and use of processing intensive multimedia content for PCs and to PC manufacturers designing PCs for playing games, displaying photos and capturing TV and other multimedia content, viewing online videos, photo editing and managing digital content. In turn, the trend has contributed to the development of higher performance graphics solutions.

Graphics Products

Our customers generally use our graphics solutions to increase the speed of rendering images and to improve image resolution and color definition. We develop our products for use in desktop and mobile PCs, professional workstations, servers and gaming consoles. With each of our graphics products, we provide drivers and supporting software packages that enable the effective use of these products under a variety of operating systems and applications. In addition, our recent generation graphics products have Linux® driver support.

 

5


Table of Contents

Heavy computational workloads have traditionally been processed on a CPU, but we believe that the industry is shifting to a new computing paradigm that increasingly relies more on the GPU or a combination of GPU and CPU. AMD Accelerated Parallel Processing or GPGPU (General Purpose GPU) refers to a set of advanced hardware and software technologies that enable AMD GPUs, working in concert with the computer system’s CPUs, to accelerate applications beyond traditional graphics and video processing by allowing the CPUs and GPUs to process information cooperatively. Heterogeneous computing enables PCs and servers to run computationally-intensive tasks more efficiently, providing a superior application experience to the end user.

Our APU is a heterogeneous system that incorporates Microsoft® DirectX® 11 (DirectX 11) discrete level GPU capabilities for graphics processing and other mathematically intensive computations on very large data sets, to handle visual tasks such as 3D rendering as well as certain fixed functions. The APU continues to utilize a CPU to run the operating system and most traditional PC applications. With our APUs, we offer discrete level GPU performance at value and mainstream price points with the added benefit of long battery life in mobile PCs and lower power computing devices. Additionally, a mainstream APU, when paired with an AMD discrete GPU, in multi-GPU configuration will enable greater graphics performance and parallel processing. We believe that high performance computing workloads, workloads that are visual in nature and even traditional applications such as photo and video editing or other multi-media applications can benefit from our accelerated computing architecture.

Discrete Desktop Graphics. We believe that discrete graphic solutions will continue to be popular across desktop PC configurations and platforms designed for gaming, multimedia, photo and video editing as well as other graphic-intensive applications. Our discrete GPUs for desktop PCs include the AMD Radeon™ HD 7000 series, AMD Radeon HD 6000 series, ATI Radeon HD 5000 series, ATI Radeon HD 4000 series and ATI Radeon HD 3000 series. In December 2011, we introduced the AMD Radeon HD 7970, and in January 2012, we launched AMD Radeon HD 7950, our first graphics processors based on 28 nm process technology and on our Graphics Core Next, or GCN, architecture. GCN is our new architecture for consumer GPUs. In April 2011, we added the AMD Radeon HD 6670, Radeon HD 6570 and Radeon HD 6450 graphic cards to our AMD Radeon HD 6000 family of graphics cards. These graphics cards are designed for budget conscious gamers and are intended to provide affordable solutions that are ideal for HD game play, video playback and productivity applications.

Discrete Mobile Graphics. When selecting a graphics solution, key considerations for mobile PC manufacturers are graphics performance, visual experience, power efficiency, dedicated memory support and ease of design integration. Our discrete GPUs for mobile PCs include the following: AMD Radeon HD 6000M series, ATI Mobility Radeon HD 5000 series and ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4000 series. In July 2011, we launched our AMD Radeon HD 6990M, designed to expand gaming enthusiasts’ computing experience with AMD CrossFire Technology, AMD Eyefinity multiple display technology, DirectX 11 support and AMD HD3D Technology. AMD CrossFire Technology combines the output of two GPUs and is designed to improve gaming performance and enhance image resolution and quality. We designed AMD HD3D Technology to enable stereoscopic 3D display capabilities in games, movies and/or photos. In January 2012, we launched the AMD Radeon HD 7000M series, which features AMD Dynamic Switchable Graphics Technology, AMD Vari-Bright™ technology and AMD PowerPlay™ technology. We designed AMD Dynamic Switchable Graphics Technology to engage discrete GPUs only when needed and use energy efficient built-in graphics capabilities the rest of the time. With AMD Vari-Bright technology, battery life can be enhanced by optimizing the brightness of the display to save power. AMD PowerPlay technology is a combination of hardware and software power management components designed to configure the GPU for minimal power consumption.

Professional Graphics. Our AMD FirePro™ family of professional graphics products consist of 3D and 2D multi-view graphics cards and GPUs that we designed for integration in mobile and desktop workstations, as well as business PCs. We designed our AMD FirePro 3D graphics cards for demanding applications such as those found in the CAD and digital content creation (DCC) markets, with drivers specifically tuned for maximum performance, stability and reliability across a wide range of software packages. Our AMD FirePro 2D graphics cards with dual and quad display outputs are designed for financial, corporate, and command and control environments.

We also provide graphics products for the server market, such as the AMD FirePro V7800P and the AMD Fire Pro V9800P, where we leverage our graphics expertise and align our offerings to provide the stability, video quality and bus architectures desired by our customers. Through our ATI CrossFire Pro, we enable CAD and DCC professionals to connect two identical AMD FirePro 3D graphics cards with a flex cable connection that can enhance performance of geometry-limited applications.

In January 2011, we introduced AMD FirePro 2270 and ATI FirePro V5800 DVI, and in May 2011, we introduced AMD FirePro V5900 and AMD FirePro V7900, designed for professionals in the medical, financial, design and engineering fields who require the ability to view and interact with multiple applications simultaneously. Also in May 2011, we launched AMD FirePro V7800P for server and data center environments. In November 2011, we introduced AMD FirePro V4900 designed for DCC and CAD professionals at an entry-level price point.

FireStream Processors. We designed our AMD FireStream™ series of products to utilize the parallel stream processing power of the GPU for heavy floating-point computations and to meet the requirements of various industries, such as the high-performance computing and the scientific and financial sectors.

 

6


Table of Contents

Game Consoles. Semiconductor graphics suppliers have leveraged their core visual and graphics processing technologies developed for the PC market by providing graphic solutions to game console manufacturers. In this market, semiconductor graphics suppliers work alongside game console manufacturers to enhance the visual experience for users of sophisticated video games. We leverage our core visual processing technology into the game console market by licensing customized GPUs for graphics in videogame consoles such as the Microsoft® Xbox 360™ and Nintendo Wii.

Marketing and Sales

We sell our products through our direct sales force and through independent distributors and sales representatives in both domestic and international markets pursuant to non-exclusive agreements. Our sales arrangements generally operate on the basis of product forecasts provided by the particular customer, but do not typically include any commitment or requirement for minimum product purchases. We primarily use purchase orders, sales order acknowledgments and contractual agreements as evidence of our sales arrangements. Our agreements typically contain standard terms and conditions covering matters such as payment terms, warranties and indemnities for issues specific to our products.

We generally warrant that our products sold to our customers will conform to our approved specifications and be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for one year. Subject to certain exceptions, we also offer a three-year limited warranty to end users for only those CPU and AMD A-Series APU products that are commonly referred to as “processors in a box” and for PC workstation products. We have also offered extended limited warranties to certain customers of “tray” microprocessor products and/or workstation graphics products who have written agreements with us and target their computer systems at the commercial and/or embedded markets.

We market and sell our products under the AMD trademark. Our desktop PC product brands for microprocessors are AMD A-Series APU, AMD E-Series APU, AMD FX, AMD Phenom, AMD Athlon and AMD Sempron. Our mobile PC brands for microprocessors are AMD A-Series APU, AMD E-Series APU, AMD C-Series APU, AMD Z-Series APU, AMD Phenom, AMD Turion, AMD Athlon and AMD Sempron. AMD Athlon processors and AMD Turion processors are sometimes marketed using the “Neo” model designator for low power products targeted at the thin-and-light mobile segment. Our server brand for microprocessors is AMD Opteron. We also sell low-power versions of our AMD Opteron, AMD Athlon, AMD Turion , AMD Sempron and AMD Embedded A-Series processors as embedded processor solutions. Our product brand for the consumer graphics market is AMD Radeon. Our product brand for professional graphics products is AMD FirePro. We also market and sell our chipsets under the AMD trademark.

We launch or update new platforms for consumers in the desktop and mobile markets under our VISION Technology from AMD brand. We designed VISION Technology to simplify the buying process for consumers by more clearly connecting our brand to the level of activities that consumers want to perform on the PC. VISION Technology contains multiple levels of increasingly rich PC system capabilities to address the diverse needs of today’s PC usersVISION Technology initially was comprised of four levels of PC system capabilities: VISION, VISION Premium, VISION Ultimate and VISION Black. In January 2011, we introduced our VISION Technology brand for our low-power APU products, consisting of VISION E1 and VISION E2 for our entry level PCs. In June 2011, we launched our VISION Technology brand for performance series APUs consisting of four levels of PC system capabilities: VISION A4, VISION A6, VISION A8, and VISION FX. These VISION tiers are for 2011 and later systems powered by our APUs and provide increasingly higher PC capabilities. VISION E1, E2, and A4 based desktops and notebooks are targeted at PC users who require basic digital media consumption such as watching DVDs, photo viewing, casual gaming, listening to music, and Internet browsing. VISION A6 and A8 based desktops and notebooks are designed to allow a greater computing performance for digital consumption and creation. These activities include watching HD movies, photo editing, DirectX 11 gaming, multi-tasking, and video editing. VISION FX desktops are based on the AMD FX processor and an AMD Radeon HD 6000 or HD 7000 series graphics card. These VISION FX systems are designed to enable the highest capabilities sought by enthusiasts and are only available on desktop PCs. There is also VISION Pro Technology, which is designed for business users and extends the approach of VISION Technology to commercial PC platforms.

We market our products through our direct marketing and co-marketing programs. In addition, we have cooperative advertising and marketing programs with customers or third parties, including market development programs, pursuant to which we may provide product information, training, marketing materials and funds. Under our co-marketing development programs, eligible customers can use market development funds as partial reimbursement for advertisements and marketing programs related to our products, subject to meeting defined criteria. Original Equipment Manufacturers, or OEMs, customers may qualify for market development funds based on purchases of eligible products.

Customers

Our microprocessor customers consist primarily of OEMs, original design manufacturers, or ODMs, system builders and independent distributors in both domestic and international markets. ODMs provide design and/or manufacturing services to branded and unbranded private label resellers, OEMs and system builders. Our graphics products customers include the foregoing as well as AIBs, or add-in-board manufacturers.

 

7


Table of Contents

Customers of our chipset products consist primarily of PC and server OEMs, often through ODMs or other contract manufacturers who build the OEM motherboards, as well as desktop and server motherboard manufacturers who incorporate chipsets into their channel motherboards.

Our sales and marketing teams work closely with our customers to define product features, performance and timing of new products so that the products we are developing meet our customers’ needs. We also employ application engineers to assist our customers in designing, testing and qualifying system designs that incorporate our products in order to assist in optimizing product compatibility. We believe that our commitment to customer service and design support improves our customers’ time-to-market and fosters relationships that encourage customers to use the next generation of our products.

Original Equipment Manufacturers

We focus on three types of OEMs: multi-nationals, selected regional accounts and target market customers. Large multi-nationals and regional accounts are our core OEM customers. Our OEM customers include numerous foreign and domestic manufacturers of servers and workstations, desktop and mobile PCs, and PC motherboards.

In 2011, Hewlett-Packard Company accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net revenues. Sales to Hewlett-Packard consisted primarily of products from our Computing Solutions segment. Five customers, including Hewlett-Packard, accounted for approximately 56% of the net revenue attributable to our Computing Solutions segment. In addition, five customers accounted for approximately 55% of the net revenue attributable to our Graphics segment. A loss of any of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Third-Party Distributors

Our authorized distributors resell to sub-distributors and mid-sized and smaller OEMs and ODMs. Typically, distributors handle a wide variety of products, including those that compete with our products. Distributors typically maintain an inventory of our products. In most instances, our agreements with distributors protect their inventory of our products against price reductions and provide return rights with respect to any product that we have removed from our price book that is not more than twelve months older than the manufacturing code date. In addition, some agreements with our distributors may contain standard stock rotation provisions permitting limited levels of product returns.

AIB Manufacturers and System Integrators

We strive to establish and broaden our relationships with AIB manufacturers. We offer component-level graphics and chipset products to AIB manufacturers who in turn build and sell board-level products using our technology to system integrators, or SIs, and at retail. Our agreements with AIBs protect their inventory of our products against price reductions. We also sell directly to our SI customers. SIs typically sell from positions of regional or product-based strength in the market. They usually operate on short design cycles and can respond quickly with new technologies. SIs often use discrete graphics solutions as a means to differentiate their products and add value to their customers.

Competition

Generally, the IC industry is intensely competitive. Products typically compete on product quality, power consumption (including battery life), reliability, speed, performance, size (or form factor), cost, selling price, adherence to industry standards (and the creation of open industry standards), software and hardware compatibility and stability, brand recognition, timely product introductions and availability. Technological advances in the industry result in frequent product introductions, regular price reductions, short product life cycles and increased product capabilities that may result in significant performance improvements. Our ability to compete depends on our ability to develop, introduce and sell new products or enhanced versions of existing products on a timely basis and at competitive prices, while reducing our costs.

Competition in the Microprocessor Market

Intel Corporation has dominated the market for microprocessors for many years. Intel’s market share, margins and significant financial resources enable it to market its products aggressively, to target our customers and our channel partners with special incentives, and to discipline customers who do business with us. These aggressive activities have in the past and are likely in the future to result in lower unit sales and a lower average selling price for our products and adversely affect our margins and profitability.

 

8


Table of Contents

Intel exerts substantial influence over computer manufacturers and their channels of distribution through various brand and other marketing programs. As a result of Intel’s dominant position in the microprocessor market, Intel has been able to control x86 microprocessor and computer system standards and benchmarks and to dictate the type of products the microprocessor market requires of us. Intel also dominates the computer system platform, which includes core logic chipsets, graphics chips, motherboards and other components necessary to assemble a computer system. OEMs that purchase microprocessors for computer systems are highly dependent on Intel, less innovative on their own and, to a large extent, are distributors of Intel technology. Additionally, Intel is able to drive de facto standards for x86 microprocessors that could cause us and other companies to have delayed access to such standards.

Intel has substantially greater financial resources than we do and accordingly spends substantially greater amounts on research and development than we do. We expect Intel to maintain its dominant position and to continue to invest heavily in marketing, research and development, new manufacturing facilities and other technology companies. To the extent Intel manufactures a significantly larger portion of its microprocessor products using more advanced process technologies, or introduces competitive new products into the market before we do, we may be more vulnerable to Intel’s aggressive marketing and pricing strategies for microprocessor products.

Intel also leverages its dominance in the microprocessor market to sell its integrated chipsets. Intel manufactures and sells integrated graphics chipsets bundled with their microprocessors and is a dominant competitor with respect to this portion of our business. The continued improvement of the quality of Intel’s integrated graphics, along with higher unit shipments of our APU products, may drive computer manufacturers to reduce the number of systems they build paired with discrete graphics components, particularly for mobile PCs, because they may offer satisfactory graphics performance for most mainstream PC users, at a lower cost. Intel could also take actions that place our discrete GPUs at a competitive disadvantage, including giving one or more of our competitors in the graphics market, such as Nvidia Corporation, preferential access to its proprietary graphics interface or other useful information.

As long as Intel remains in this dominant position, we may be materially adversely affected by Intel’s:

 

   

business practices, including rebating and allocation strategies and pricing actions, designed to limit our market share and margins;

 

   

product mix and introduction schedules;

 

   

product bundling, marketing and merchandising strategies;

 

   

exclusivity payments to its current and potential customers and channel partners;

 

   

control over industry standards, PC manufacturers and other PC industry participants, including motherboard, memory, chipset and basic input/output system, or BIOS, suppliers and software companies as well as the graphics interface for Intel platforms; and

 

   

marketing and advertising expenditures in support of positioning the Intel brand over the brand of its OEM customers.

Intel’s dominant position in the microprocessor market and integrated graphics chipset market, its existing relationships with top-tier OEMs and its aggressive marketing and pricing strategies could result in lower unit sales and a lower average selling price for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Other competitors include companies providing ARM-based designs used in the mobile and embedded electronics market as relatively low cost and small microprocessors and also in form factors that offer an alternative to mainstream PCs such as netbooks and tablets. ARM Limited designs and licenses its ARM architecture and offers supporting software and services. Our ability to compete with companies who use ARM-based solutions depends on our ability to design energy-efficient, high-performing products at an attractive price point. In addition, Nvidia has begun to build custom CPU cores based on ARM architecture to support future products ranging from PCs and servers to workstations and super computers.

Competition in the Chipset Market

In the chipset market, our competitors include suppliers of integrated graphics chipsets. PC manufacturers use integrated chipsets because they cost less than traditional discrete GPUs while offering acceptable graphics performance for most mainstream PC users. Intel manufactures and sells integrated graphics chipsets bundled with their microprocessors and is a dominant competitor in this market.

 

9


Table of Contents

Competition in the Graphics Market

In the graphics market, our competitors include suppliers of discrete graphics, embedded graphics processors and integrated graphics chipsets. Intel manufactures and sells embedded graphics processors and integrated graphics (IGP) chipsets, and is a dominant competitor with respect to this portion of our business.

The continued improvement of the quality of Intel’s integrated graphics, along with higher unit shipments of our APUs, may drive computer manufacturers to reduce the number of systems they build paired with discrete graphics components, particularly for mobile PCs, because they may offer satisfactory graphics performance for most mainstream PC users, at a lower cost. Intel could take actions that place our discrete GPUs and integrated chipsets at a competitive disadvantage such as giving one or more of our competitors in the graphics market, such as Nvidia, preferential access to its proprietary graphics interface or other useful information.

Other than Intel, our principal competitor in the graphics market is Nvidia. AMD and Nvidia are the two principal players offering discrete graphics solutions. Other competitors include a number of smaller companies, which may have greater flexibility to address specific market needs, but less financial resources to do so, especially as we believe that the growing complexity of visual processors and the associated research and development costs represent an increasingly higher barrier to entry in this market.

In the game console category, we compete primarily against Nvidia. Other competitors include Intel and ARM.

Research and Development

We focus our research and development activities on improving and enhancing product design. One main area of focus is on delivering the next generation of products with greater system level integration of the CPU and GPU, improved system performance and performance-per-watt characteristics. For example, we are focusing on improving the battery life of our microprocessors and APU products for mobile PCs and the power efficiency of our microprocessors for servers. We are also focusing on delivering a range of low power integrated platforms to serve key markets, including commercial clients, mobile computing, and gaming and media computing, as well as developing a Heterogeneous System Architecture, which is designed for software developers to easily program APUs by combining scalar processing on the CPU with parallel processing on the GPU, all while providing high bandwidth access to memory at low power. We believe that these integrated platforms will bring customers better time-to-market and increased performance and energy efficiency. We also work with industry leaders on process technology, software and other functional intellectual property and we work with others in the industry, public foundations, universities and industry consortia to conduct early stage research and development.

Our research and development expenses for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were approximately $1.5 billion, $1.4 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. For more information, see Part II, Item 7—“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” or MD&A.

We conduct product and system research and development activities for our products in the United States with additional design and development engineering teams located in Canada, India, China, Singapore, Taiwan, Germany, United Kingdom, Israel and Japan.

Manufacturing Arrangements and Assembly and Test Facilities

Third-Party Wafer Foundry Facilities

GLOBALFOUNDRIES, Inc. On March 2, 2009, together with Advanced Technology Investment Company LLC (ATIC) and West Coast Hitech L.P., (WCH), acting through its general partner, West Coast Hitech G.P., Ltd., we formed GLOBALFOUNDRIES, Inc. (GF), a manufacturing joint venture that manufactures semiconductor products and provides certain foundry services to us.

Wafer Supply Agreement. At the closing of the transactions, we entered into a Wafer Supply Agreement (WSA), which governs the terms by which we purchase products manufactured by GF. Pursuant to the WSA, we are required to purchase all of our microprocessor unit and APU product requirements from GF with limited exceptions. On April 2, 2011, we amended the WSA. The primary effect of the amendment was to change the pricing methodology applicable to wafers delivered in 2011 for our microprocessors, including APU products. The amendment also modified our existing commitments regarding the production of certain GPU and chipset products at GF. Pursuant to the amendment, GF committed to provide us with, and we committed to purchase, a fixed number of 45nm and 32nm wafers per quarter in 2011. We paid GF a fixed price for 45nm wafers delivered in 2011. Our price for 32nm wafers varied based on the wafer volumes and manufacturing yield of such wafers and was based on good die. In addition, we also agreed to pay an additional quarterly amount to GF during 2012 totaling up to $430 million if GF met specified conditions related to continued availability of 32nm capacity as of the beginning of 2012. Under the current terms of the WSA, in 2012, we will compensate GF on a cost plus basis for projected manufacturing capacity that we have requested for our microprocessors, including our APU products. However, we are currently in the process of negotiating a second amendment to the WSA, including the pricing methodology. If we do not successfully conclude our negotiations, it could have a material adverse impact on our gross margins and our results of operations.

 

10


Table of Contents

The WSA terminates no later than March 2, 2024. GF has agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist us to transition the supply of products to another provider, and to continue to fulfill purchase orders for up to two years following the termination or expiration of the WSA. During the transition period, pricing for microprocessor products will remain as set forth in the WSA, but our purchase commitments to GF will no longer apply.

GF manufactures our microprocessors on 300 millimeter wafers using primarily 45nm and 32nm process technology.

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company. We also have foundry arrangements with Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC) for the production of certain graphics processors and chipsets, embedded processors, and APU products.

We are in production in TSMC’s 300 millimeter and 200 millimeter fabrication facilities in technologies ranging from 65nm to 28nm. Smaller process geometries can lead to gains in performance, lower power consumption and lower per unit manufacturing costs. We continue to have our products manufactured on more advanced process technology because using more advanced process technology can contribute to lower product manufacturing costs and improve a product’s performance and power efficiency.

Other Third-Party Manufacturers. We outsource board-level graphics product manufacturing to third-party manufacturers.

Assembly, Test, Mark and Packaging Facilities

We own and operate three assembly, test, mark and packaging facilities. Some wafers for our microprocessor, graphics processor and embedded processor products are delivered from third-party foundries to our assembly, test, mark and packaging facilities. Our assembly, test, mark and packaging facilities are described in the chart set forth below:

 

Facility Location   

Approximate

Manufacturing

Area Square

Footage

     Activity

Penang, Malaysia

     206,000       Assembly, Test, Mark & Packaging

Singapore

     215,000       Test, Mark & Packaging

Suzhou, China

     100,000       Assembly, Test, Mark & Packaging

The remaining wafers for our graphics products are delivered from third party foundries to our test, assembly and packaging partners located in Asia-Pacific region who package and test the final semiconductor products.

Intellectual Property and Licensing

We rely on contracts and intellectual property rights to protect our products and technologies from unauthorized third-party copying and use. Intellectual property rights include copyrights, patents, patent applications, trademarks, trade secrets and maskwork rights. As of December 31, 2011 we had approximately 4,500 patents in the United States and approximately 1,500 patent applications pending in the United States. In certain cases, we have filed corresponding applications in foreign jurisdictions. We expect to file future patent applications in both the United States and abroad on significant inventions, as we deem appropriate. We do not believe that any individual patent, or the expiration thereof, is or would be material to our business.

As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we have numerous cross-licensing and technology exchange agreements with other companies under which we both transfer and receive technology and intellectual property rights. One such agreement is the cross-license agreement that we entered into with Intel on November 11, 2009, in connection with the settlement of our litigation. Under the cross license agreement, Intel has granted to us and our subsidiaries, and we have granted Intel and its subsidiaries, non-exclusive, royalty-free licenses to all patents that are either owned or controlled by the parties at any time that have a first effective filing date or priority date prior to the five-year anniversary of the effective date of the cross license agreement, referred to as the “Capture Period,” to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and otherwise dispose of certain semiconductor- and electronic-related products anywhere in the world. Under the cross license agreement, Intel has rights to make semiconductor products for third parties, but the third party product designs are not licensed as a result of such manufacture. We have rights to perform assembly and testing for third parties but not rights to make semiconductor products for third parties. The term of the cross license agreement continues until the expiration of the last to expire of the licensed patents, unless earlier terminated. A party can terminate the cross license agreement or the rights and licenses of the other party if the other party materially breaches the cross license agreement and does not correct the noticed material breach within 60 days. Upon such termination, the terminated party’s license rights terminate but the terminating party’s license rights continue, subject to that party’s continued compliance with the terms of the cross license agreement. The cross license agreement and the Capture Period will automatically terminate if a party undergoes a change of control (as defined in the cross license agreement) and both parties’ licenses will terminate. Upon the bankruptcy of a party, that party may assume, but may not assign, the cross license agreement, and in the event that the cross license agreement cannot be assumed, the cross license agreement and the licenses granted will terminate.

 

11


Table of Contents

We also have a patent cross license agreement with GF pursuant to which each party granted to the other a non-exclusive license under patents filed by a party (or are otherwise acquired by a party) within a certain number of years following the effective date of the agreement. In 2009, under the agreements with GF, we assigned approximately 3,000 patents and approximately 1,000 patent applications to GF. GF owns its allocation of patents and applications subject to pre-existing rights, licenses or immunities granted to third parties relating to such patents and applications. The patents and patent applications to be owned by each party after the division were licensed to the other party pursuant to the agreement.

In addition, we entered into a Non-Patent Intellectual Property and Technology Transfer Agreement with GF pursuant to which we assigned to GF all of our right, title and interest in technology and non-patent intellectual property rights used exclusively in the manufacture, sorting and/or intermediate testing of semiconductor products. We retained technology and non-patent intellectual property rights used exclusively in the design and/or post-fabrication delivery testing of semiconductors. Technology and non-patent intellectual property rights used both in the manufacture, sorting and/or intermediate testing of semiconductor products and in the design and/or post-fabrication delivery testing of semiconductor products is owned jointly by us and GF.

Backlog

We sell standard lines of products. Sales are made primarily pursuant to purchase orders for current delivery or agreements covering purchases over a period of time. Some of these orders or agreements may be revised or cancelled without penalty. Generally, in light of current industry practice, we do not believe that such orders or agreements provide meaningful backlog figures or are necessarily indicative of actual sales for any succeeding period.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 11,100 employees.

Environmental Regulations

Many aspects of our business operations and products are regulated by domestic and international environmental laws and regulations. These regulations include limitations on discharge of pollutants to air, water, and soil; remediation requirements; product chemical content limitations; manufacturing chemical use and handling restrictions; pollution control requirements; waste minimization considerations; and requirements with respect to treatment, transport, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes. If we fail to comply with any of the applicable environmental regulations we may be subject to fines, suspension of production, alteration of our manufacturing processes, import/export restrictions, sales limitations, and/or criminal and civil liabilities. Existing or future regulations could require us to procure expensive pollution abatement or remediation equipment; to modify product designs; or to incur other expenses to comply with environmental regulations. Any failure to adequately control the use, disposal or storage, or discharge of hazardous substances could expose us to future liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business. We believe we are in material compliance with applicable environmental requirements and do not expect those requirements to result in material expenditures in the foreseeable future.

Environmental laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. We face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the chemical and material composition of our products. For example, the European Union (EU) and China are two among a growing number of jurisdictions that have enacted in recent years restrictions on the use of lead, among other chemicals, in electronic products with other countries implementing similar restrictions. These regulations affect semiconductor devices and packaging. There is a risk that the cost, quality and manufacturing yields of products that are required to be lead-free, as defined by these regulations, or that are subject to other chemical restrictions, may be less favorable compared to products that are not subject to chemical restrictions, or that the transition to products subject to lead-free or other chemical restrictions may produce sudden changes in demand, which may result in excess inventory.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act requires the SEC to establish new disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies who use “conflict” minerals mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries in their products, whether or not these products are manufactured by third parties. When these new requirements are implemented, they could affect the sourcing and availability of minerals used in the manufacture of semiconductor devices, and there will be additional costs associated with complying with the disclosure requirements, such as costs related to determining the source of any conflicting minerals used in our products. Also, since our supply chain is complex, we may face reputational challenges if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for all metals used in our products through the due diligence procedures that we implement. Moreover, we may encounter challenges to satisfy those customers who require that all of the components of our products are certified as conflict free.

 

12


Table of Contents

Other regulatory requirements potentially affecting our back-end manufacturing processes and the design and marketing of our products are in development throughout the world. In addition, a number of jurisdictions including the EU, Australia and China are developing or finalizing market entry requirements or public procurement for computers and servers based on ENERGY STAR specification as well as additional energy consumption limits. Some of these regulations are expected to be approved and implemented by the end of 2012. If such requirements are implemented in the proposed time frame and do not contain recommended modifications as proposed by industry associations, there is the potential for certain of our microprocessor, chipset and GPU products, as incorporated in desktop and mobile PCs, workstations, servers and other information and communications technology products being excluded from these markets which could materially adversely affect us. While we have budgeted for foreseeable associated expenditures, we cannot assure you that future environmental legal requirements will not become more stringent or costly in the future. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our costs of complying with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, and our liabilities arising from past and future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances will not have a material adverse effect on us.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, you should consider the interrelationship and compounding effects of two or more risks occurring simultaneously.

Intel Corporation’s dominance of the microprocessor market and its aggressive business practices may limit our ability to compete effectively.

Intel Corporation has dominated the market for microprocessors for many years. Intel’s market share, margins and significant financial resources enable it to market its products aggressively, to target our customers and our channel partners with special incentives, and to discipline customers who do business with us. These aggressive activities have in the past and are likely in the future to result in lower unit sales and a lower average selling price for our products and adversely affect our margins and profitability.

Intel exerts substantial influence over computer manufacturers and their channels of distribution through various brand and other marketing programs. As a result of Intel’s dominant position in the microprocessor market, Intel has been able to control x86 microprocessor and computer system standards and benchmarks and to dictate the type of products the microprocessor market requires of us. Intel also dominates the computer system platform, which includes core logic chipsets, graphics chips, motherboards and other components necessary to assemble a computer system. OEMs that purchase microprocessors for computer systems are highly dependent on Intel, less innovative on their own and, to a large extent, are distributors of Intel technology. Additionally, Intel is able to drive de facto standards for x86 microprocessors that could cause us and other companies to have delayed access to such standards.

Intel has substantially greater financial resources than we do and accordingly spends substantially greater amounts on research and development than we do. We expect Intel to maintain its dominant position and to continue to invest heavily in marketing, research and development, new manufacturing facilities and other technology companies. To the extent Intel manufactures a significantly larger portion of its microprocessor products using more advanced process technologies, or introduces competitive new products into the market before we do, we may be more vulnerable to Intel’s aggressive marketing and pricing strategies for microprocessor products. Intel also leverages its dominance in the microprocessor market to sell its integrated chipsets. Intel manufactures and sells integrated graphics chipsets bundled with their microprocessors and is a dominant competitor with respect to this portion of our business. The continued improvement of the quality of Intel’s integrated graphics, along with higher unit shipments of our APU products, may drive computer manufacturers to reduce the number of systems they build paired with discrete graphics components, particularly for mobile PCs, because they may offer satisfactory graphics performance for most mainstream PC users, at a lower cost. Intel could also take actions that place our discrete GPUs at a competitive disadvantage, including giving one or more of our competitors in the graphics market, such as Nvidia Corporation, preferential access to its proprietary graphics interface or other useful information.

As long as Intel remains in this dominant position, we may be materially adversely affected by Intel’s:

 

   

business practices, including rebating and allocation strategies and pricing actions, designed to limit our market share and margins;

 

   

product mix and introduction schedules;

 

   

product bundling, marketing and merchandising strategies;

 

   

exclusivity payments to its current and potential customers and channel partners;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

control over industry standards, PC manufacturers and other PC industry participants, including motherboard, memory, chipset and basic input/output system, or BIOS, suppliers and software companies as well as the graphics interface for Intel platforms; and

 

   

marketing and advertising expenditures in support of positioning the Intel brand over the brand of its OEM customers.

Intel’s dominant position in the microprocessor market and integrated graphics chipset market, its existing relationships with top-tier OEMs and its aggressive marketing and pricing strategies could result in lower unit sales and a lower average selling price for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

The success of our business is dependent upon our ability to introduce products on a timely basis with features and performance levels that provide value to our customers while supporting and coinciding with significant industry transitions.

Our success depends to a significant extent on the development, qualification, implementation and acceptance of new product designs and improvements that provide value to our customers. Our ability to develop, qualify and distribute new products and related technologies to meet evolving industry requirements, at prices acceptable to our customers and on a timely basis are significant factors in determining our competitiveness in our target markets. If we fail to or are delayed in developing, qualifying or shipping new products or technologies, we may lose competitive positioning, which could cause us to lose market share and require us to discount the selling prices of our products.

Delays in developing, qualifying or shipping new products can also cause us to miss our customers’ product design windows. If our customers do not include our products in the initial design of their computer systems, they will typically not use our products in their systems until at least the next design configuration. The process of being qualified for inclusion in a customer’s system can be lengthy and could cause us to further miss a cycle in the demand of end-users, which also could result in a loss of market share and harm our business.

Moreover, market demand requires that products incorporate new features and performance standards on an industry-wide basis. Over the life of a specific product, the average selling price undergoes regular price reductions. The introduction of new products and enhancements to existing products is necessary to maintain an overall corporate average selling price. If we are unable to introduce new products with sufficient increases in average selling price or increased unit sales volumes capable of offsetting the reductions in the average selling price of existing products, our business could be materially adversely affected.

With the introduction of our APU products, computer manufacturers have increasingly selected APUs for their AMD product-based solutions, particularly for mobile PCs, because the APU platforms cost less than the combined cost of a legacy microprocessor, discrete graphics card and chipset, while offering comparable performance to mainstream discrete graphics cards, which we believe is sufficient for most mainstream PC users. We believe that demand for additional discrete graphic cards may decrease in the future due to both the continued improvement of the quality of Intel’s integrated graphics and the discrete level graphics performance of our APUs.

We rely on third parties to manufacture our products, and if they are unable to do so on a timely basis in sufficient quantities and using competitive technologies, our business could be materially adversely affected.

We rely on third party wafer foundries to fabricate the silicon wafers for all of our products. We also rely on third party providers to assemble, test, mark and pack certain of our products. It is important to have reliable relationships with all of these third party manufacturing suppliers to ensure adequate product supply to respond to customer demand.

We cannot assure you that these manufacturers or our other third party manufacturing suppliers will be able to meet our near-term or long-term manufacturing requirements. For example, during the fourth quarter of 2011, we experienced reduced supply of 45nm products from GF because of a manufacturing disruption that reduced the number of 45nm wafers available for production. If we experience future supply constraints, such as was the case with GF in the second half of 2011, we may be required to allocate the affected products amongst our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our relationships with these customers and on our financial condition. In addition, depending on the timing of supply of products during any given quarter, customer demand may fluctuate.

We do not have long-term commitment contracts with some of our third party manufacturing suppliers. We obtain these manufacturing services on a purchase order basis and these manufacturers are not required to provide us with any specified minimum quantity of product. Accordingly, we depend on these suppliers to allocate to us a portion of their manufacturing capacity sufficient to meet our needs, to produce products of acceptable quality and at acceptable manufacturing yields and to deliver those products to us on a timely basis at acceptable prices. The manufacturers we use also fabricate wafers and assemble, test and package products for other companies, including certain of our competitors. They could choose to prioritize capacity for other users, increase the prices that they charge us on short notice or reduce or eliminate deliveries to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

14


Table of Contents

Other risks associated with our dependence on third-party manufacturers include limited control over delivery schedules and quality assurance, lack of capacity in periods of excess demand, misappropriation of our intellectual property, dependence on several small undercapitalized subcontractors, and limited ability to manage inventory and parts. Moreover, if any of our third party manufacturing suppliers suffer any damage to facilities, lose benefits under material agreements, experience power outages, lack sufficient capacity to manufacture our products, encounter financial difficulties, are unable to secure necessary raw materials from their suppliers, or suffer any other disruption or reduction in efficiency, we may encounter supply delays or disruptions. If we are unable to secure sufficient or reliable supplies of products, our ability to meet customer demand may be adversely affected and this could materially affect our business.

If we transition the production of some of our products to new manufacturers, we may experience delayed product introductions, lower yields or poorer performance of our products. If we experience problems with product quality or are unable to secure sufficient capacity from a particular third party manufacturing supplier, or if we for other reasons cease utilizing one of those suppliers, we may be unable to secure an alternative supply for any specific product in a short time frame. We could experience significant delays in the shipment of our products if we are required to find alternative third party manufacturing suppliers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We rely on GF to manufacture most of our microprocessor products. If GF is not able to satisfy our manufacturing requirements, our business could be adversely impacted.

The WSA governs the terms by which we purchase products manufactured by GF. Pursuant to the WSA, we are required to purchase all of our microprocessor unit and APU product requirements from GF with limited exceptions. If GF is unable to remain competitive using advanced process technologies or is unable to manufacture our products on a timely basis, at competitive prices, or meet our capacity requirements, our business could be materially adversely affected.

For example, during the third quarter of 2011, GF experienced yield and other manufacturing difficulties related to 32nm wafer fabrication, resulting in lower than expected supply of 32nm products to us. Also in the third quarter, we experienced supply constraints for our 45nm microprocessor products from GF due to complexities related to the use of common tools across both 32nm and 45nm technology nodes and because we made the decision to shift volume away from products manufactured using the 45nm technology node in order to obtain additional 32nm products. Because we were supply constrained with respect to 32nm and 45nm wafers, our revenues and gross margin in the third quarter of 2011 were adversely impacted. Also, during the fourth quarter of 2011, we experienced reduced supply of 45nm product from GF because of a manufacturing disruption that reduced the number of 45nm wafers available for production. If GF is unable to achieve anticipated manufacturing yields for 45nm or 32nm wafers or future technology nodes, then we may experience supply shortages for certain products which may have a material adverse impact on our revenue and gross margins and our ability to effectively manage our business.

In addition, GF relies on ATIC for its funding needs. If ATIC failed to adequately fund GF on a timely basis, or at all, GF’s ability to manufacture products for us would be materially adversely effected.

We are currently in the process of negotiating a second amendment to the WSA, including the pricing methodology. If we do not successfully conclude our negotiations, it could have a material adverse impact on our gross margins and our results of operations.

Failure to achieve expected manufacturing yields for our products could negatively impact our financial results.

Semiconductor manufacturing yields are a result of both product design and process technology, which is typically proprietary to the manufacturer, and low yields can result from either design or process technology failures. Our third-party foundries are responsible for the process technologies used to fabricate silicon wafers. If our third-party foundries experience manufacturing inefficiencies or encounter disruptions, errors or difficulties during production, we may fail to achieve acceptable yields or experience product delivery delays. We cannot be certain that our third-party foundries will be able to develop, obtain or successfully implement leading-edge process technologies needed to manufacture future generations of our products profitably or on a timely basis or that our competitors will not develop new technologies, products or processes earlier. Moreover, during periods when foundries are implementing new process technologies, their manufacturing facilities may not be fully productive. A substantial delay in the technology transitions to smaller process technologies could have a material adverse effect on us, particularly if our competitors transition to more cost effective technologies before us. Any decrease in manufacturing yields could result in an increase in per unit costs, which would adversely impact our gross margin and/or force us to allocate our reduced product supply amongst our customers, which could harm our relationships with our customers and reputation and materially adversely affect our business.

 

15


Table of Contents

Global economic uncertainty may adversely impact our business and operating results.

Uncertain global economic conditions have in the past and may in the future adversely impact our business. During challenging economic times, our current or potential future customers may experience cash flow problems and as a result may modify, delay or cancel plans to purchase our products. Additionally, if our customers are not successful in generating sufficient revenue or are unable to secure financing, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, accounts receivable that they owe us. Any inability of our current or potential future customers to pay us for our products may adversely affect our earnings and cash flow. Moreover, our key suppliers may reduce their output or become insolvent, thereby adversely impacting our ability to manufacture our products. In addition, uncertain economic conditions may make it more difficult for us to raise funds through borrowings or private or public sales of debt or equity securities.

Our ability to design and introduce new products in a timely manner is dependent upon third-party intellectual property.

In the design and development of new products and product enhancements, we rely on third-party intellectual property such as software development tools and hardware testing tools. Furthermore, certain product features may rely on intellectual property acquired from third parties. The design requirements necessary to meet consumer demands for more features and greater functionality from semiconductor products in the future may exceed the capabilities of the third-party intellectual property or development tools available to us. If the third-party intellectual property that we use becomes unavailable or fails to produce designs that meet consumer demands, our business could be materially adversely affected.

We depend on third-party companies for the design, manufacture and supply of motherboards, BIOS software and other computer platform components to support our microprocessor and graphics businesses.

We depend on third-party companies for the design, manufacture and supply of motherboards, BIOS software and other components that our customers utilize to support our microprocessor and GPU offerings. We also rely on our add-in-board partners (AIBs) to support our GPU business. In addition, our microprocessors are not designed to function with motherboards and chipsets designed to work with Intel microprocessors. If the designers, manufacturers, AIBs and suppliers of motherboards and other components decrease their support for our product offerings, our business could be materially adversely affected.

If we lose Microsoft Corporation’s support for our products or other software vendors do not design and develop software to run on our products, our ability to sell our products could be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to innovate beyond the x86 instruction set controlled by Intel depends partially on Microsoft designing and developing its operating systems to run on or support our microprocessor products. With respect to our graphics products, we depend in part on Microsoft to design and develop its operating system to run on or support our graphics products. Similarly, the success of our products in the market, such as our AMD APU products, is dependent on independent software providers designing and developing software to run on our products. If Microsoft does not continue to design and develop its operating systems so that they work with our x86 instruction sets or does not continue to develop and maintain their operating systems to support our graphics products, independent software providers may forego designing their software applications to take advantage of our innovations and customers may not purchase PCs with our products. In addition, some software drivers sold with our products are certified by Microsoft. If Microsoft did not certify a driver, or if we otherwise fail to retain the support of Microsoft or other software vendors, our ability to market our products would be materially adversely affected.

The loss of a significant customer may have a material adverse effect on us.

Collectively, our top five customers accounted for approximately 51% of our net revenue in 2011. On a segment basis, during 2011, five customers accounted for approximately 56% of the net revenue of our Computing Solutions segment and five customers accounted for approximately 55% of the net revenue of our Graphics segment. We expect that a small number of customers will continue to account for a substantial part of revenues of our microprocessor and graphics businesses in the future. If one of our top microprocessor or graphics business customers decided to stop buying our products, or if one of these customers were to materially reduce its operations or its demand for our products, our business would be materially adversely affected.

Our inability to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel may hinder our product development programs.

Much of our future success depends upon the continued service of numerous qualified engineering, marketing, sales and executive personnel. If we are not able to continue to attract, train, and retain qualified personnel necessary for our business, the progress of our product development programs could be hindered, and we could be materially adversely affected.

 

16


Table of Contents

If we cannot generate sufficient revenues and operating cash flow or obtain external financing, we may face a cash shortfall and be unable to make all of our planned investments in research and development or other strategic investments.

Although we make substantial investments in research and development, we cannot be certain that we will be able to develop, obtain or successfully implement new products and technologies on a timely basis. Our ability to fund research and development expenditures depends on generating sufficient cash flow from operations and the availability of external financing, if necessary. Our research and development expenditures, together with ongoing operating expenses, will be a substantial drain on our cash flow and may decrease our cash balances. If new competitors, technological advances by existing competitors or other competitive factors require us to invest significantly greater resources than anticipated in our research and development efforts, our operating expenses would increase. If we are required to invest significantly greater resources than anticipated in research and development efforts without an increase in revenue, our operating results could decline.

We regularly assess markets for external financing opportunities, including debt and equity financing. Additional debt or equity financing may not be available when needed or, if available, may not be available on satisfactory terms. The health of the credit markets may adversely impact our ability to obtain financing when needed. In addition, any downgrades from credit rating agencies such as Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s may adversely impact our ability to obtain external financing or the terms of such financing. Credit agency downgrades may also impact relationships with our suppliers, who may limit our credit lines. Our inability to obtain needed financing or to generate sufficient cash from operations may require us to abandon projects or curtail planned investments in research and development or other strategic initiatives. If we curtail planned investments in research and development or abandon projects, our products may fail to remain competitive and our business would be materially adversely affected.

The markets in which our products are sold are highly competitive.

The markets in which our products are sold are very competitive, and delivering the latest and best products to market on a timely basis is critical to achieving revenue growth. We believe that the main factors that determine our product competitiveness are timely product introductions, product quality, power consumption (including battery life), reliability, selling price, speed, size (or form factor), cost, adherence to industry standards (and the creation of open industry standards), software and hardware compatibility and stability and brand awareness.

We expect that competition will continue to be intense due to rapid technological changes, frequent product introductions by our competitors of products that provide better performance or include additional features that render our products uncompetitive and aggressive pricing by competitors, especially during challenging economic times. For example, ARM-based processors are used in mobile and embedded electronics products as relatively low cost and small microprocessors and also in form factors such as tablets and smartphones. To the extent consumers adopt new form factors and have different requirements than those consumers in the PC market, it could negatively impact PC sales, which could negatively impact our business. Also, Intel announced plans to implement 3-D tri-gate transistor architecture on 22nm process technology, which, Intel expects, can improve power consumption and performance of its products. Using a more advanced process technology can contribute to lower product manufacturing costs and improve a product’s performance and power efficiency. If competitors introduce competitive new products into the market before us, our business could be adversely affected. Some competitors may have greater access or rights to companion technologies, including interface, processor and memory technical information. Competitive pressures could adversely impact the demand for our products, which could harm our business.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness which could adversely affect our financial position and prevent us from implementing our strategy or fulfilling our contractual obligations.

Our debt and capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2011 were $2.0 billion, which reflects the debt discount adjustment on our 6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2015 (6.00% Notes) and 8.125% Senior Notes due 2017 (8.125% Notes).

Our substantial indebtedness may:

 

   

make it difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including making scheduled principal and interest payments;

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate and other purposes;

 

   

limit our ability to use our cash flow or obtain additional financing for future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate purposes;

 

   

require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make debt service payments;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our less leveraged competitors; and

 

   

increase our vulnerability to the impact of adverse economic and industry conditions.

 

17


Table of Contents

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our debt obligations.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our debt will depend on our financial and operating performance, which may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, and is subject to prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. In August 2012, the remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of our 5.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012 (5.75% Notes) of $485 million will mature. We cannot assure you that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or that we will be able to borrow funds in amounts sufficient to enable us to service our debt or to meet our working capital requirements. If we are not able to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or to borrow sufficient funds to service our debt, we may be required to sell assets or equity, reduce expenditures, refinance all or a portion of our existing debt or obtain additional financing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance our debt, sell assets or equity or borrow more funds on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

Our debt instruments impose restrictions on us that may adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

The indentures governing our 8.125% Notes and 7.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (7.75% Notes) contain various covenants which limit our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends and make other restricted payments;

 

   

make certain investments, including investments in our unrestricted subsidiaries;

 

   

create or permit certain liens;

 

   

create or permit restrictions on the ability of certain restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us;

 

   

use the proceeds from sales of assets;

 

   

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

consolidate or merge or sell our assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety.

The agreements governing our borrowing arrangements contain cross-default provisions whereby a default under one agreement would likely result in cross defaults under agreements covering other borrowings. For example, the occurrence of a default with respect to any indebtedness or any failure to repay debt when due in an amount in excess of $50 million would cause a cross default under the indentures governing our 7.75% Notes, 8.125% Notes, 5.75% Notes and 6.00% Notes. The occurrence of a default under any of these borrowing arrangements would permit the applicable note holders to declare all amounts outstanding under those borrowing arrangements to be immediately due and payable. If the note holders or the trustee under the indentures governing our 7.75% Notes, 8.125% Notes, 5.75% Notes or 6.00% Notes accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay those borrowings.

In the event of a change of control, we may not be able to repurchase our outstanding debt as required by the applicable indentures, which would result in a default under the indentures.

Upon a change of control, we will be required to offer to repurchase all of the 7.75% Notes and 8.125% Notes then outstanding at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the repurchase date. Moreover, the indentures governing our 5.75% Notes and 6.00% Notes require us to offer to repurchase these securities upon certain change of control events. As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the outstanding 8.125% Notes, 5.75% Notes, 7.75% Notes and 6.00% Notes was $2.1 billion. Future debt agreements may contain similar provisions. We may not have the financial resources to repurchase our indebtedness.

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and has experienced severe downturns that materially adversely affected, and may in the future materially adversely affect, our business.

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and has experienced significant downturns, often in conjunction with constant and rapid technological change, wide fluctuations in supply and demand, continuous new product introductions, price erosion and declines in general economic conditions. We have incurred substantial losses in recent downturns, due to:

 

   

substantial declines in average selling prices;

 

   

the cyclical nature of supply/demand imbalances in the semiconductor industry;

 

   

a decline in demand for end-user products (such as PCs) that incorporate our products; and

 

   

excess inventory levels in the channels of distribution, including those of our customers.

 

18


Table of Contents

Global economic uncertainty and weakness have also impacted the semiconductor market as consumers and businesses have deferred purchases, which negatively impacted demand for our products. Recent flooding in Thailand is disrupting the supply of hard disk drives. If our customers are unable to obtain sufficient quantities of hard disk drives they need for their systems that include our products and the supply of their products is substantially reduced, then they may postpone or cancel their orders for our products, which could also have a material adverse impact on our business. For example, during the fourth quarter of 2011, we believe the results of our Graphics segment were adversely impacted because some of our customers were impacted by the flooding in Thailand and the disruption in the supply of hard disk drives. We expect the hard disk drive shortage to continue through at least the first quarter of 2012, which could have a material adverse impact on our business. Our financial performance has been, and may in the future be, negatively affected by these downturns.

The demand for our products depends in part on the market conditions in the industries and geographies into which they are sold. Fluctuations in demand for our products or a market decline in any of these industries or geographies would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our business is dependent upon the market for desktop and mobile PCs and servers. Over the past three years, form factors have steadily shifted from desktop PCs to mobile PCs, and we expect that this trajectory will continue and extend to include additional form factors like tablets and slates. Historically, a significant portion of our Computing Solutions revenue has been related to desktop PCs. Industry-wide fluctuations in the computer marketplace have materially adversely affected us in the past and may materially adversely affect us in the future. As a result of ongoing macroeconomic challenges affecting the global economy, end-user demand for PCs and servers remains unpredictable.

The growth of our business is also dependent on continued demand for our products from high-growth, emerging global markets. In addition, our ability to be successful in such markets depends in part on our ability to establish adequate local infrastructure, as well as our ability to cultivate and maintain local relationships in these markets. If demand from these markets is below our expectations, sales of our products may decrease, which would have a material adverse effect on us.

Our operating results are subject to quarterly and seasonal sales patterns.

A substantial portion of our quarterly sales have historically been made in the last month of the quarter. This uneven sales pattern makes prediction of revenues for each financial period difficult and increases the risk of unanticipated variations in quarterly results and financial condition. In addition, our operating results tend to vary seasonally. For example, historically, demand in the retail sector of the PC market is often stronger during the fourth quarter as a result of the winter holiday season and weaker in the first quarter. European sales have also been historically weaker during the summer months. Many of the factors that create and affect seasonal trends are beyond our control.

If essential equipment or materials are not available to manufacture our products, we could be materially adversely affected.

We purchase equipment and materials for our internal back-end manufacturing operations from a number of suppliers and our operations depend upon obtaining deliveries of adequate supplies of equipment and materials on a timely basis. Our third party manufacturing suppliers also depend on the same timely delivery of adequate quantities of equipment and materials in the manufacture of our products. Certain equipment and materials that are used in the manufacture of our products are available only from a limited number of suppliers. We also depend on a limited number of suppliers to provide the majority of certain types of integrated circuit packages for our microprocessors, including APU products. Similarly, certain non-proprietary materials or components such as memory, printed circuit boards (PCBs), substrates and capacitors used in the manufacture of our graphics products are currently available from only a limited number of sources. Because some of the equipment and materials that we and our third party manufacturing suppliers purchase are complex, it is sometimes difficult to substitute one supplier for another.

From time to time, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supply or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors. Also, some of these materials and components may be subject to rapid changes in price and availability. Interruption of supply or increased demand in the industry could cause shortages and price increases in various essential materials. Dependence on a sole supplier or a limited number of suppliers exacerbates these risks. If we are unable to procure certain of these materials, or our foundries are unable to procure materials for manufacturing our products, our business would be materially adversely affected.

Our issuance to West Coast Hitech L.P. (WCH) of warrants to purchase 35,000,000 shares of our common stock, if and when exercised by WCH, will dilute the ownership interests of our existing stockholders, and the conversion of the remainder of our 5.75% Notes and 6.00% Notes may dilute the ownership interest of our existing stockholders.

The warrants issued to WCH became exercisable in July 2009. Any issuance by us of additional shares to WCH upon exercise of the warrants will dilute the ownership interests of our existing stockholders. Any sales in the public market by WCH of any shares owned by WCH could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock, and the anticipated exercise by WCH of the warrants could depress the price of our common stock.

 

19


Table of Contents

Moreover, the conversion of our remaining 5.75% Notes and 6.00% Notes may dilute the ownership interests of our existing stockholders. The conversion of the 5.75% Notes and the 6.00% Notes could have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share to the extent that the price of our common stock exceeds the conversion price of the 5.75% Notes and 6.00% Notes. Any sales in the public market of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the 5.75% Notes or 6.00% Notes could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the conversion of the 5.75% Notes into shares of our common stock and 6.00% Notes into cash and shares of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock.

If our products are not compatible with some or all industry-standard software and hardware, we could be materially adversely affected.

Our products may not be fully compatible with some or all industry-standard software and hardware. Further, we may be unsuccessful in correcting any such compatibility problems in a timely manner. If our customers are unable to achieve compatibility with software or hardware after our products are shipped in volume, we could be materially adversely affected. In addition, the mere announcement of an incompatibility problem relating to our products could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Costs related to defective products could have a material adverse effect on us.

Products as complex as those we offer may contain defects or failures when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements to existing products are released. We cannot assure you that, despite our testing procedures, errors will not be found in new products or releases after commencement of commercial shipments in the future, which could result in loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products, material recall and replacement costs, delay in recognition or loss of revenues, writing down the inventory of defective products, the diversion of the attention of our engineering personnel from product development efforts, defending against litigation related to defective products or related property damage or personal injury, and damage to our reputation in the industry and could adversely affect our relationships with our customers. In addition, we may have difficulty identifying the end customers of the defective products in the field. As a result, we could incur substantial costs to implement modifications to correct defects. Any of these problems could materially adversely affect our business.

We could be subject to potential product liability claims if one of our products causes, or merely appears to have caused, an injury. Claims may be made by consumers or others selling our products, and we may be subject to claims against us even if an alleged injury is due to the actions of others. A product liability claim, recall or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our receipt of royalty revenues is dependent upon our technology being designed into third-party products and the success of those products.

Our graphics technology is used in game consoles, including the Nintendo Wii and Microsoft Xbox 360. The revenues that we receive from these products are in the form of non-recurring engineering fees charged for design and development services, as well as royalties paid to us by these third parties. Our royalty revenues are directly related to the sales of these products and reflective of their success in the market. If these third parties do not include our graphics technology in future generations of their game consoles, our revenues from royalties would decline significantly. Moreover, we have no control over the marketing efforts of these third parties and we cannot make any assurances that sales of those products will achieve expected levels in the current or future fiscal years. Consequently, the revenues from royalties expected by us from these products may not be fully realized, and our operating results may be adversely affected.

If we fail to maintain the efficiency of our supply chain as we respond to increases or changes in customer demand for our products, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to meet customer demand for our products depends, in part, on our ability to deliver the products our customers want on a timely basis. Accordingly, we rely on our supply chain for the manufacturing, distribution and fulfillment of our products. As we continue to grow our business, acquire new OEM customers and strengthen relationships with existing OEM customers, the efficiency of our supply chain will become increasingly important because OEMs tend to have specific requirements for particular products, and specific time-frames in which they require delivery of these products. If we are unable to consistently deliver the right products to our customers on a timely basis in the right locations, our customers may reduce the quantities they order from us, which could have a material adverse affect on our business.

 

20


Table of Contents

We outsource to third parties certain supply-chain logistics functions, including portions of our product distribution, transportation management, and information technology support services.

We rely on third-party providers to operate our regional product distribution centers and to manage the transportation of our work-in-process and finished products among our facilities, our manufacturing suppliers and to our customers. In addition, we rely on third parties to provide certain information technology services to us, including helpdesk support, desktop application services, business and software support applications, server and storage administration, data center operations, database administration, and voice, video and remote access. We cannot guarantee that these providers will fulfill their respective responsibilities in a timely manner in accordance with the contract terms, in which case our internal operations and the distribution of our products to our customers could be materially adversely affected. Also, we cannot guarantee that our contracts with these third-party providers will be renewed, in which case we would have to transition these functions in-house or secure new providers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business if the transition is not executed appropriately.

We may be subject to disruptions or failures in our information technology systems and network infrastructures that could have a material adverse effect on us.

We maintain and rely extensively on information technology systems and network infrastructures for the effective operation of our business. We also hold large amounts of data in various data center facilities around the world which our business depends upon. A disruption, infiltration or failure of our information technology systems or any of our data centers as a result of software or hardware malfunctions, computer viruses, cyber attacks, employee theft or misuse, power disruptions, natural disasters or accidents could cause breaches of data security and loss of critical data, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business. Our security procedures, such as virus protection software and our business continuity planning, such as our disaster recovery policies and back-up systems, may not be adequate or implemented properly to fully address the adverse effect of such events, which could adversely impact our operations. In addition, our business could be adversely affected to the extent we do not make the appropriate level of investment in our technology systems as our technology systems become out-of-date or obsolete and are not able to deliver the type of data integrity and reporting we need to run our business. Furthermore, when we implement new systems and or upgrade existing systems, we could be faced with temporary or prolonged disruptions that could adversely affect our business.

Uncertainties involving the ordering and shipment of our products could materially adversely affect us.

We typically sell our products pursuant to individual purchase orders. We generally do not have long-term supply arrangements with our customers or minimum purchase requirements except that orders generally must be for standard pack quantities. Generally, our customers may cancel orders more than 30 days prior to shipment without incurring significant fees. We base our inventory levels on customers’ estimates of demand for their products, which may not accurately predict the quantity or type of our products that our customers will want in the future or ultimately end up purchasing. Our ability to forecast demand is even further complicated when we sell indirectly through distributors, as our forecasts for demand are then based on estimates provided by multiple parties. Moreover, PC and consumer markets are characterized by short product lifecycles, which can lead to rapid obsolescence and price erosion. In addition, our customers may change their inventory practices on short notice for any reason. We may build inventories during periods of anticipated growth, and the cancellation or deferral of product orders or overproduction due to failure of anticipated orders to materialize, could result in excess or obsolete inventory, which could result in write-downs of inventory and an adverse effect on gross margins. Factors that may result in excess or obsolete inventory, which could result in write-downs of the value of our inventory, a reduction in the average selling price, and/or a reduction in our gross margin include:

 

   

a sudden and significant decrease in demand for our products;

 

   

a higher incidence of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and customer requirements;

 

   

a failure to accurately estimate customer demand for our older products as our new products are introduced; or

 

   

our competitors taking aggressive pricing actions.

Because market conditions are uncertain, these and other factors could materially adversely affect our business.

Our reliance on third-party distributors and AIBs subjects us to certain risks.

We market and sell our products directly and through third-party distributors and AIBs pursuant to agreements that can generally be terminated for convenience by either party upon prior notice to the other party. These agreements are non-exclusive and permit both our distributors and AIBs to offer our competitors’ products. We are dependent on our distributors and AIBs to supplement our direct marketing and sales efforts. If any significant distributor or AIB or a substantial number of our distributors or AIBs terminated their relationship with us or decided to market our competitors’ products over our products, our ability to bring our products to market would be impacted and we would be materially adversely affected.

 

21


Table of Contents

Additionally, distributors and AIBs typically maintain an inventory of our products. In most instances, our agreements with distributors protect their inventory of our products against price reductions, as well as provide return rights for any product that we have removed from our price book and that is not more than twelve months older than the manufacturing code date. Some agreements with our distributors also contain standard stock rotation provisions permitting limited levels of product returns. Our agreements with AIBs protect their inventory of our products against price reductions. We defer the gross margins on our sales to distributors and AIBs, resulting from both our deferral of revenue and related product costs, until the applicable products are re-sold by the distributors or the AIBs. However, in the event of a significant decline in the price of our products, the price protection rights we offer would materially adversely affect us because our revenue would decline.

Our worldwide operations are subject to political and economic risks and natural disasters, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

We maintain operations around the world, including in the United States, Canada, Europe and Asia. We rely on third party wafer foundries in Europe and Asia. Nearly all product assembly and final testing of our products is performed at manufacturing facilities, operated by us as well as third party manufacturing facilities, in China, Malaysia, Singapore and Taiwan. We also have international sales operations. International sales, as a percent of net revenue were 93% in 2011. We expect that international sales will continue to be a significant portion of total sales in the foreseeable future.

The political and economic risks associated with our operations in foreign countries include, without limitation:

 

   

expropriation;

 

   

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

 

   

changes in tax laws, trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;

 

   

difficulties in protecting our intellectual property;

 

   

difficulties in managing staffing and exposure to different employment practices and labor laws;

 

   

changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

   

restrictions on transfers of funds and other assets of our subsidiaries between jurisdictions;

 

   

changes in freight and interest rates;

 

   

disruption in air transportation between the United States and our overseas facilities;

 

   

loss or modification of exemptions for taxes and tariffs; and

 

   

compliance with U.S. laws and regulations related to international operations, including export control regulations and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

In addition, our worldwide operations could be subject to natural disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, flooding, typhoons and volcanic eruptions that disrupt manufacturing or other operations. For example, our Sunnyvale operations are located near major earthquake fault lines in California. Any conflict or uncertainty in the countries in which we operate, including public health or safety, natural disasters, fire, disruptions of service from utilities, nuclear power plant accidents, or general economic or political factors, could have a material adverse effect on our business. For example, flooding in Thailand is disrupting the supply of hard disk drives. Some of our customers have been unable to obtain sufficient quantities of hard disk drives. As a result, we believe during the fourth quarter of 2011, they postponed or canceled their orders for our GPU products. We expect the hard disk drive shortage to continue through at least the first quarter of 2012, which could have a material adverse impact on our business. Any of the above risks, should they occur, could result in an increase in the cost of components, production delays, general business interruptions, delays from difficulties in obtaining export licenses for certain technology, tariffs and other barriers and restrictions, potentially longer payment cycles, potentially increased taxes, restrictions on the repatriation of funds and the burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws, any of which could ultimately have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

22


Table of Contents

Worldwide economic and political conditions may adversely affect demand for our products.

Continued uncertainty over the worldwide economic environment may adversely impact consumer confidence and spending, causing our customers to postpone purchases. Moreover, political conditions may create uncertainties that could adversely affect our business. The United States has been and may continue to be involved in armed conflicts that could have a further impact on our sales and our supply chain. The consequences of armed conflict, political instability or civil or military unrest are unpredictable and we may not be able to foresee events that could have a material adverse effect on us. Also, the occurrence and threat of terrorist attacks have in the past, and may in the future, adversely affect demand for our products. Terrorist attacks or other hostile acts may negatively affect our operations, directly or indirectly, and such attacks or related armed conflicts may directly impact our physical facilities or those of our suppliers or customers. Furthermore, these attacks or hostile acts may make travel and the transportation of our products more difficult and more expensive, which could materially adversely affect us. Any of these events could cause consumer spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the United States economy and worldwide financial markets.

Unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations could continue to adversely affect us.

We have costs, assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar. As a consequence, movements in exchange rates could cause our foreign currency denominated expenses to increase as a percentage of revenue, affecting our profitability and cash flows. Whenever we believe appropriate, we hedge a portion of our short-term foreign currency exposure to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates. We determine our total foreign currency exposure using projections of long-term expenditures for items such as payroll. We cannot assure you that these activities will be effective in reducing foreign exchange rate exposure. Failure to do so could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. In addition, the majority of our product sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the local currency can cause increases or decreases in the cost of our products in the local currency of such customers. An appreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to the local currency could reduce sales of our products.

Our inability to effectively control the sales of our products on the gray market could have a material adverse effect on us.

We market and sell our products directly to OEMs and through authorized third-party distributors. From time to time, our products are diverted from our authorized distribution channels and are sold on the “gray market.” Gray market products result in shadow inventory that is not visible to us, thus making it difficult to forecast demand accurately. Also, when gray market products enter the market, we and our distribution channel compete with these heavily discounted gray market products, which adversely affects demand for our products and negatively impact our margins. In addition, our inability to control gray market activities could result in customer satisfaction issues because any time products are purchased outside our authorized distribution channel there is a risk that our customers are buying counterfeit or substandard products, including products that may have been altered, mishandled or damaged, or are used products represented as new.

If we cannot adequately protect our technology or other intellectual property in the United States and abroad, through patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks and other measures, we may lose a competitive advantage and incur significant expenses.

We rely on a combination of protections provided by contracts, including confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements, copyrights, patents, trademarks and common law rights, such as trade secrets, to protect our intellectual property. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately protect our technology or other intellectual property from third-party infringement or from misappropriation in the United States and abroad. Any patent licensed by us or issued to us could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or rights granted there under may not provide a competitive advantage to us. Furthermore, patent applications that we file may not result in issuance of a patent or, if a patent is issued, the patent may not be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, others may independently develop similar products, duplicate our products or design around our patents and other rights. In addition, it is difficult to monitor compliance with, and enforce, our intellectual property on a worldwide basis in a cost-effective manner. In jurisdictions where foreign laws provide less intellectual property protection than afforded in the United States and abroad, our technology or other intellectual property may be compromised, and our business would be materially adversely affected.

We are party to litigation and may become a party to other claims or litigation that could cause us to incur substantial costs or pay substantial damages or prohibit us from selling our products.

From time to time, we are a defendant or plaintiff in various legal actions. We also sell products to consumers, which could increase our exposure to consumer actions such as product liability claims. On occasion, we receive claims that individuals were allegedly exposed to substances used in our former semiconductor wafer manufacturing facilities and that this alleged exposure caused harm. Litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions, and its outcome is uncertain. Any claim that is successfully asserted against us may result in the payment of damages that could be material to our business.

 

23


Table of Contents

With respect to intellectual property litigation, from time to time, we have been notified, or third parties may bring or have brought actions against us, based on allegations that we are infringing the intellectual property rights of others. If any such claims are asserted against us, we may seek to obtain a license under the third parties’ intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain all of the necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all. In the event that we do not obtain a license, these parties may file lawsuits against us seeking damages (potentially up to and including treble damages) or an injunction against the sale of our products that incorporate allegedly infringed intellectual property or against the operation of our business as presently conducted, which could result in our having to stop the sale of some of our products or to increase the costs of selling some of our products or which could damage our reputation. The award of damages, including material royalty payments, or the entry of an injunction against the manufacture and sale of some or all of our products, would have a material adverse effect on us. We could decide, in the alternative, to redesign our products or to resort to litigation to challenge such claims. Such challenges could be extremely expensive and time-consuming regardless of their merit, could cause delays in product release or shipment, and/or could have a material adverse effect on us. We cannot assure you that litigation related to our intellectual property rights or the intellectual property rights of others can always be avoided or successfully concluded.

Even if we were to prevail, any litigation could be costly and time-consuming and would divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Certain individuals have been charged by federal authorities with illegally trading in our stock using certain AMD confidential information.

Several individuals have pled guilty to conspiracy and securities fraud charges and, among other things, providing confidential information about us to a person who has been charged by federal authorities with illegally trading in our stock on the basis of that confidential information. In addition, one former employee pled guilty to conspiracy to commit securities fraud and wire fraud. At this time, we cannot give any assurances as to whether any facts that may be discovered during the proceedings relating to this matter or other similar matters will be damaging to our business, results of operations or reputation.

Failures in the global credit markets have impacted and may continue to impact the liquidity of our auction rate securities.

As of December 31, 2011, the par value of all our auction rate securities, or ARS, was $45 million with an estimated fair value of $38 million. As of December 31, 2011, our investments in ARS included estimated fair values of approximately $13 million of student loan ARS and $25 million of municipal and corporate ARS. The uncertainties in the credit markets have affected all of our ARS and auctions for these securities have failed to settle on their respective settlement dates since February 2008. The auctions failed because there was insufficient demand for these securities. A failed auction does not represent a default by the issuer of the ARS. For each unsuccessful auction, the interest rate is reset based on a formula set forth in each security, which is generally higher than the current market unless subject to an interest rate cap. When auctions for these securities fail, the investments may not be readily convertible to cash until a future auction of these investments is successful, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, the issuers of the ARS establish a different form of financing to replace these securities or redeem them, or final payment is due according to contractual maturities (currently, ranging from 2030 to 2050 for our ARS). Although we have had redemptions since the failed auctions began, the liquidity of these investments continues to be adversely impacted.

If market illiquidity worsens, we may be required to record additional impairment charges with respect to these investments in the future, which could adversely impact our results of operations.

The conflict minerals-related provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act as well as a variety of environmental laws that we are subject to could result in additional costs and liabilities.

Our operations and properties have in the past and continue to be subject to various United States and foreign environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to materials used in our products and manufacturing processes, discharge of pollutants into the environment, the treatment, transport, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes, and remediation of contamination. These laws and regulations require us to obtain permits for our operations, including the discharge of air pollutants and wastewater. Although our management systems are designed to maintain compliance, we cannot assure you that we have been or will be at all times in complete compliance with such laws, regulations and permits. If we violate or fail to comply with any of them, a range of consequences could result, including fines, suspension of production, alteration of manufacturing processes, import/export restrictions, sales limitations, criminal and civil liabilities or other sanctions. We could also be held liable for any and all consequences arising out of exposure to hazardous materials used, stored, released, disposed of by us or located at, under or emanating from our facilities or other environmental or natural resource damage.

 

24


Table of Contents

Certain environmental laws, including the U.S. Comprehensive, Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, or the Superfund Act, impose strict, or under certain circumstances, joint and several liability on current and previous owners or operators of real property for the cost of removal or remediation of hazardous substances and impose liability for damages to natural resources. These laws often impose liability even if the owner or operator did not know of, or was not responsible for, the release of such hazardous substances. These environmental laws also assess liability on persons who arrange for hazardous substances to be sent to disposal or treatment facilities when such facilities are found to be contaminated. Such persons can be responsible for cleanup costs even if they never owned or operated the contaminated facility. We have been named as a responsible party at three Superfund sites in Sunnyvale, California. Although we have not yet been, we could be named a potentially responsible party at other Superfund or contaminated sites in the future. In addition, contamination that has not yet been identified could exist at our other facilities.

Environmental laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. We face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the chemical and material composition of our products. For example, the European Union (EU) and China are two among a growing number of jurisdictions that have enacted in recent years restrictions on the use of lead, among other chemicals, in electronic products with other countries implementing similar restrictions. These regulations affect semiconductor devices and packaging. There is a risk that the cost, quality and manufacturing yields of products that are required to be lead-free, as defined by these regulations, or that are subject to other chemical restrictions, may be less favorable compared to products that are not subject to chemical restrictions, or that the transition to products subject to lead-free or other chemical restrictions may produce sudden changes in demand, which may result in excess inventory.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act requires the SEC to establish new disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies who use “conflict” minerals mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries in their products, whether or not these products are manufactured by third parties. When these new requirements are implemented, they could affect the sourcing and availability of minerals used in the manufacture of semiconductor devices, and there will be additional costs associated with complying with the disclosure requirements, such as costs related to determining the source of any conflicting minerals used in our products. Also, since our supply chain is complex, we may face reputational challenges if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for all metals used in our products through the due diligence procedures that we implement. Moreover, we may encounter challenges to satisfy those customers who require that all of the components of our products are certified as conflict free.

Other regulatory requirements potentially affecting our back-end manufacturing processes and the design and marketing of our products are in development throughout the world. In addition, a number of jurisdictions including the EU, Australia and China are developing or finalizing market entry requirements or public procurement for computers and servers based on ENERGY STAR specification as well as additional energy consumption limits. Some of these regulations are expected to be approved and implemented by the end of 2012. If such requirements are implemented in the proposed time frame and do not contain recommended modifications as proposed by industry associations, there is the potential for certain of our microprocessor, chipset and GPU products, as incorporated in desktop and mobile PCs, workstations, servers and other information and communications technology products being excluded from these markets which could materially adversely affect us. While we have budgeted for foreseeable associated expenditures, we cannot assure you that future environmental legal requirements will not become more stringent or costly in the future. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our costs of complying with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, and our liabilities arising from past and future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances will not have a material adverse effect on us.

Our business is subject to potential tax liabilities.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States, Canada and other foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, we cannot assure you that the final determination of any tax audits and litigation will not be materially different from that which is reflected in historical income tax provisions and accruals. Should additional taxes be assessed as a result of an audit or litigation, there could be a material adverse effect on our cash, income tax provision and net income in the period or periods for which that determination is made.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

We have not received any written comments that were issued not less than 180 days before December 31, 2011, the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, from the SEC staff regarding our periodic or current reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that remain unresolved.

 

25


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

At December 31, 2011, we owned principal research and development, engineering, manufacturing, warehouse and administrative facilities located in the United States, Canada, Taiwan, China, Singapore and Malaysia. These facilities totaled approximately 2.5 million square feet.

Our main facility with respect to our graphics and chipset products is located in Markham, Ontario, Canada. This facility consists of approximately 240,000 square feet of office and research and development space. We occupy two other facilities in Markham, Ontario that comprise over 215,000 square feet, including approximately 65,000 square-feet of manufacturing and warehouse space. We also currently own and operate three microprocessor assembly and test facilities comprising an aggregate of 521,000 square feet. Our current microprocessor assembly and test facilities are located in Malaysia, Singapore and China and are described in further detail in the section entitled “Assembly, Test, Mark and Packaging Facilities,” above.

In some cases, we lease all or a portion of the land on which our facilities are located. We lease approximately 115,000 square feet of land in Singapore and 422,000 square feet of land in Suzhou, China for our microprocessor assembly and test facilities.

As of December 31, 2011, we also leased approximately 2.6 million square feet of space for engineering, manufacturing, warehouse and administrative use, including a number of smaller regional sales offices located in commercial centers near customers, principally in the United States, Latin America, Europe and Asia. These leases expire at varying dates through 2022.

We also have approximately 100,000 square feet of building space that is currently vacant. We continue to have lease obligations with respect to this space that expire at various dates through 2012. We are actively marketing this space for sublease.

We currently do not anticipate difficulty in either retaining occupancy of any of our facilities through lease renewals prior to expiration or through month-to-month occupancy, or replacing them with equivalent facilities.

We believe that our existing facilities are suitable and adequate for our present purposes, and that, except as discussed above, the productive capacity of such facilities is substantially being utilized or we have plans to utilize it.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Environmental Matters

We are named as a responsible party on Superfund clean-up orders for three sites in Sunnyvale, California that are on the National Priorities List. Since 1981, we have discovered hazardous material releases to the groundwater from former underground tanks and proceeded to investigate and conduct remediation at these three sites. The chemicals released into the groundwater were commonly used in the semiconductor industry in the United States in the wafer fabrication process prior to 1979.

In 1991, the Company received Final Site Clean-up Requirements Orders from the California Regional Water Quality Control Board relating to the three sites. We have entered into settlement agreements with other responsible parties on two of the orders. During the term of such agreements other parties have agreed to assume most of the foreseeable costs as well as the primary role in conducting remediation activities under the orders. We remain responsible for additional costs beyond the scope of the agreements as well as all remaining costs in the event that the other parties do not fulfill their obligations under the settlement agreements.

To address anticipated future remediation costs under the orders, we have computed and recorded an estimated environmental liability of approximately $5.4 million and have not recorded any potential insurance recoveries in determining the estimated costs of the cleanup. The progress of future remediation efforts cannot be predicted with certainty and these costs may change. We believe that the potential liability, if any, in excess of amounts already accrued, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Other Matters

We are a defendant or plaintiff in various actions that arose in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the aggregate liability, if any, with respect to these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

 

26


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock (symbol “AMD”) is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. On February 17, 2012, there were 7,264 registered holders of our common stock. The following table sets forth on a per share basis the high and low intra-day sales prices on the New York Stock Exchange for our common stock for the periods indicated:

 

     High      Low  

Year ended December 31, 2011

     

First quarter

   $ 9.58       $ 7.34   

Second quarter

   $ 9.17       $ 6.72   

Third quarter

   $ 7.87       $ 5.07   

Fourth quarter

   $ 6.05       $ 4.31   
     High      Low  

Year ended December 25, 2010

     

First quarter

   $ 10.04       $ 6.98   

Second quarter

   $ 10.24       $ 7.42   

Third quarter

   $ 8.25       $ 5.53   

Fourth quarter

   $ 8.43       $ 6.77   

Currently, we do not have any plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Under the terms of our Indenture for the 8.125% Notes and our Indenture for the 7.75% Notes, we are prohibited from paying cash dividends if the aggregate amount of dividends and other restricted payments made by us since entering into each Indenture would exceed the sum of specified financial measures including fifty percent of consolidated net income as that term is defined in the Indentures.

For information about our equity compensation plans, see Part III, Item 12, below.

 

27


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Returns

Advanced Micro Devices, S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Semiconductor Index

The following graph shows a five-year comparison of cumulative total return on our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Semiconductor Index from December 29, 2006 through December 31, 2011. The past performance of our common stock is no indication of future performance.

 

LOGO

 

     Base         
     Period     
Company / Index    12/29/06      12/29/07      12/27/08      12/26/09      12/25/10      12/31/11  

Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

     100         35.97         10.71         48.70         39.51         26.54   

S&P 500 Index

     100         106.22         64.22         84.91         96.64         98.75   

S&P 500 Semiconductors Index

     100         112.41         58.14         97.58         108.19         111.21   

 

28


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Five Years Ended December 31, 2011

(In millions except per share amounts)

 

      2011(1)     2010(1)      2009(1)     2008(1)     2007(1)  

Net revenue

   $ 6,568      $ 6,494       $ 5,403      $ 5,808      $ 5,858   

Income (loss) from continuing operations(2)(3)(4)(5)

     495        471         296        (2,412     (2,808

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax(6)

     (4     —           (3     (684     (551

Net income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders

   $ 491      $ 471       $ 304      $ (3,129   $ (3,394

Net income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders per common share

           

Basic

           

Continuing operations

   $ 0.68      $ 0.66       $ 0.46      $ (4.03   $ (5.09

Discontinued operations

     (0.01     —           —          (1.12     (0.99
                                           

Basic net income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders per common share

   $ 0.68      $ 0.66       $ 0.46      $ (5.15   $ (6.08

Diluted

           

Continuing operations

   $ 0.67      $ 0.64       $ 0.45      $ (4.03   $ (5.09

Discontinued operations

     (0.01     —           —          (1.12     (0.99
                                           

Diluted net income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders per common share

   $ 0.66      $ 0.64       $ 0.45      $ (5.15   $ (6.08

Shares used in per share calculation

           

Basic

     727        711         673        607        558   

Diluted

     742        733         678        607        558   

Long-term debt, capital lease obligations, less current portion, and other long term liabilities(7)

   $ 1,590      $ 2,270       $ 4,947      $ 5,059      $ 5,421   

Total assets(8)

   $ 4,954      $ 4,964       $ 9,078      $ 7,672      $ 11,547   

 

(1) 

2011 consisted of 53 weeks, whereas 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 consisted of 52 weeks.

(2) 

In 2007 and 2008, we recorded pre-tax goodwill impairment charges of $1,132 million and $1,089 million.

(3) 

In 2009, we entered into a comprehensive settlement agreement with Intel. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, Intel paid us $1,250 million and we recorded a $1,242 million gain, net of certain expenses in 2009. In 2010, we entered into a settlement agreement with Samsung. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, Samsung agreed to pay us $283 million, net of withholding taxes. We recorded this amount as a gain in 2010.

(4) 

During 2010, we deconsolidated GF and began to account for our ownership interest in GF under the equity method of accounting. We recorded a one-time, non-cash gain of $325 million on deconsolidation of GF and a loss of $462 million for our share of GF’s operating results in 2010. During 2011, we changed the method of accounting for our investment in GF from the equity method to the cost method of accounting. As a result of the change, we recognized a non-cash gain of approximately $492 million, net of certain transaction related charges. During the fourth quarter of 2011, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $209 million related to our investment in GF.

(5) 

In 2011 and 2008, we implemented restructuring plans and incurred net restructuring charges of $98 million and $90 million, respectively, which primarily were comprised of severance and costs related to the continuation of certain employee benefits, contract or program termination costs and asset impairments.

(6) 

During 2008, we decided to divest our Digital Television business and classified it as discontinued operations and recorded related losses. 2007 has been recast to conform to this presentation. Also in 2008, we sold our Digital Television business to Broadcom Corporation for $141.5 million. In 2011, we recorded a charge of $4 million in connection with a payment to Broadcom related to this asset sale.

(7) 

Total long-term debt, capital lease obligations, less current portion, and other long term liabilities decreased by $680 million from 2010 to 2011, primarily due to the repurchase of $200 million principal amount of our 6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2015 in 2011 and reclassification of the $485 million principal amount outstanding of our 5.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012 to the current portion of long-term debt. Total long-term debt, capital lease obligations, less current portion, and other long term liabilities decreased by $2,677 million from 2009 to 2010, primarily due to the deconsolidation of GF and the repurchase of $1,016 million principal amount of our 6.00% Notes in 2010.

(8) 

Total assets decreased by $4,114 million from 2009 to 2010, primarily due to the deconsolidation of GF. Total assets increased by $1,406 million from 2008 to 2009, primarily due to higher cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities due to the cash received, including GF’s cash, which we consolidated in connection with the consummation of the GF manufacturing joint venture transaction. Total assets decreased by $3,875 million from 2007 to 2008, primarily due to the impairment of ATI acquisition-related goodwill and acquired intangible assets, lower cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities used to fund our operations, and the sale and impairment of assets associated with the divestiture of the Digital Television business unit in 2008.

 

29


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and related notes, which are included in this Form 10-K as well as with the other sections of this Form 10-K, including “Part I, Item 1: Business,” “Part II, Item 6: Selected Financial Data,” and “Part II, Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Introduction

We are a global semiconductor company with facilities around the world. Within the global semiconductor industry, we offer primarily:

 

  (i) x86 microprocessors, as standalone devices or as incorporated as an APU, for the commercial and consumer markets, embedded microprocessors for commercial, commercial client and consumer markets and chipsets for desktop and mobile devices, including mobile PCs and tablets, professional workstations and servers; and

 

  (ii) graphics, video and multimedia products for desktop and mobile devices, including mobile PCs and tablets, home media PCs and professional workstations, servers and technology for game consoles.

In MD&A, we will describe the general financial condition and the results of operations for Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including a discussion of our results of operations for 2011 compared to 2010 and 2010 compared to 2009, an analysis of changes in our financial condition and a discussion of our contractual obligations and off balance sheet arrangements. For accounting purposes, we consolidated the accounts of GLOBALFOUNDRIES, Inc. (GF) and its consolidated subsidiaries from March 2, 2009 through December 26, 2009. Accordingly, for this period, references in this Item 7 and in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” to “us,” “our,” or “AMD” include the consolidated operating results of AMD and its consolidated subsidiaries, including GF and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

In 2011, we experienced important changes in our business. First, we continued to develop and deliver differentiated products. We launched our AMD family of APU products and experienced strong customer demand, especially for our AMD E-Series and C-Series APUs designed for low-power desktop and mobile platforms, codenamed “Brazos,” and our AMD A-Series APUs, codenamed “Llano,” for mainstream desktop and mobile platforms. We introduced a number of competitive graphics products in 2011. In July 2011, we launched the AMD Radeon™ HD 6990M graphics processor designed for enthusiast mobile gamers. We also launched the AMD Radeon HD 7970 graphics processor in December 2011, our first graphics processor based on 28nm process technology and AMD’s Graphic Core Next Technology. We also continued to focus on improving our competitive position in the server market and believe we regained momentum in the second half of 2011 with the introduction of our new multi-core AMD Opteron™ 6200 and 4200 series processors, which are based on our “Bulldozer” x86 architecture.

During 2011, we continued to focus on optimizing our financial model. In November 2011, we implemented a restructuring plan designed to strengthen our competitive positioning, implement a more competitive cost structure and conduct a workforce rebalancing to better address faster growing market segments. We expect that the restructuring plan will result in operational savings, primarily in operating expenses, of approximately $118 million in 2012. We also implemented additional efficiencies across our operations, which we expect will save approximately $90 million in 2012 operating expenses in addition to the restructuring plan savings, resulting in more than $200 million of expected combined operational savings in 2012. We intend to use a significant portion of the anticipated savings to fund initiatives designed to accelerate our strategies for low power, emerging markets and the cloud. We also focused on improving our balance sheet. We reduced our outstanding debt by approximately $200 million principal amount in 2011, and we generated non-GAAP adjusted free cash flow, which we describe in more detail in the “Financial Condition – Liquidity” section below, of $528 million, a significant improvement compared to non-GAAP adjusted free cash flow of $355 million in 2010.

However, our progress during 2011 was tempered by supply constraints related to our 32nm microprocessor products. We took steps during the course of the year to better manage our relationships with our third-party wafer foundries, and during the second half of 2011, 32nm yields and performance have improved.

Net revenue for 2011 was $6.6 billion, relatively flat compared to net revenue of $6.5 billion for 2010. Gross margin, as a percentage of net revenue for 2011 was 45%, a 1% decrease compared to 46% in 2010. Gross margin in 2011 included a $24 million charge recorded in connection with a payment to GF, primarily related to certain GF manufacturing assets, and a charge of approximately $5 million related to a legal settlement. Gross margin in 2010 included a $69 million benefit related to the deconsolidation of GF. Absent the effects of these events, which we believe are not indicative of our ongoing operating performance, our gross margin would have been 45% in each of 2011 and 2010. Beginning in the first quarter of 2011, we changed our method of accounting for our ownership interest in GF from the equity method to the cost method of accounting. As a result, we no longer recognize any share of GF’s net income or loss in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

30


Table of Contents

GLOBALFOUNDRIES

Formation and Accounting in 2009

On March 2, 2009, we consummated the transactions contemplated by the Master Transaction Agreement among us, ATIC, and WCH, pursuant to which we formed GF. At the closing of these transactions (the Closing), we contributed certain assets and liabilities to GF, including, among other things, shares of the groups of German subsidiaries owning our manufacturing facilities, certain manufacturing assets, real property, tangible personal property, employees, inventories, books and records, a portion of our patent portfolio, intellectual property and technology, rights under certain material contracts and authorizations necessary for GF to carry on its business. In exchange we received GF securities consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share, 1,090,950 Class A Preferred Shares and 700,000 Class B Preferred Shares, and the assumption of certain liabilities by GF. ATIC contributed $1.4 billion of cash to GF in exchange for GF securities consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share, 218,190 Class A Preferred Shares, 172,760 Class B Preferred Shares, $202 million aggregate principal amount of 4% Class A Subordinated Convertible Notes (the Class A Notes) and $807 million aggregate principal amount of 11% Class B Subordinated Convertible Notes (the Class B Notes), and transferred $700 million of cash to us in exchange for the transfer by us of 700,000 GF Class B Preferred Shares.

At the Closing, we also issued to WCH, for an aggregate purchase price of $125 million, 58 million shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase 35 million shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share (the Warrants). The Warrants are currently exercisable and expire on March 2, 2019. The shares issuable under these Warrants have been included in our basic and diluted earnings per share calculation since the third quarter of 2009 when the Warrants became exercisable.

Under the Master Transaction Agreement, the cash consideration that WCH and ATIC paid and the securities that they received are as follows:

 

   

Cash paid by WCH to AMD for the purchase of 58 million shares of AMD common stock and Warrants: $125 million;

 

   

Cash paid by ATIC to GF for the aggregate principal amount of Class A Notes, which are convertible into 201,810 Class A Preferred Shares: $202 million;

 

   

Cash paid by ATIC to GF for the aggregate principal amount of Class B Notes, which are convertible into 807,240 Class B Preferred Shares: $807 million;

 

   

Cash paid by ATIC to GF for 218,190 Class A Preferred Shares: $218 million;

 

   

Cash paid by ATIC to GF for 172,760 Class B Preferred Shares: $173 million; and

 

   

Cash paid by ATIC to AMD for 700,000 Class B Preferred Shares: $700 million.

At the Closing, AMD and ATIC owned 1,090,950, or 83%, and 218,190, or 17%, respectively, of Class A Preferred Shares, and ATIC owned 100% of the Class B Preferred Shares and 100% of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes.

In November 2009, upon the settlement of our litigation with Intel Corporation and the execution of a patent cross license agreement between us and Intel, the requirements satisfying the Reconciliation Event were met. As a result, GF’s Class A and Class B Preferred Shares vote on an as converted basis with any outstanding GF Ordinary Shares.

Class B Preferred Shares. GF’s Class B Preferred Shares rank senior in right of payment to all other classes or series of equity securities of GF for purposes of dividends, distributions and upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of GF (Liquidation Event). Each Class B Preferred Share is deemed to accrete in value at a rate of 12% per year, compounded semiannually, of the initial purchase price per such share. The accreted value accrues daily from the Closing and is taken into account upon certain distributions to the holders of Class B Preferred Shares or upon conversion of the Class B Preferred Shares. Upon a Liquidation Event, each Class B Preferred Share will be entitled to receive, prior to any distribution to the holders of any other classes or series of equity securities, an amount equal to its accreted value. Each Class B Preferred Share is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into Class B Ordinary Shares at the then applicable Class B Conversion Rate. Each Class B Preferred Share will also automatically convert into Class B Ordinary Shares at the then applicable Class B Conversion Rate upon the earlier of (i) an initial public offering of GF (IPO) or (ii) a change of control transaction of GF. The initial Class B Conversion Rate is 100 Class B Ordinary Shares for each Class B Preferred Share converted, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. The Class B Preferred Shares currently vote on an as-converted basis with any outstanding Ordinary Shares, voting together as a single class, with respect to any question upon which holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to vote.

 

31


Table of Contents

Class A Preferred Shares. GF’s Class A Preferred Shares rank senior in right of payment to the Ordinary Shares of GF and junior in right of payment to the Class B Preferred Shares for purposes of dividends, distributions and upon a Liquidation Event. The Class A Preferred Shares are not entitled to any dividend or pre-determined accretion in value. Upon a Liquidation Event, each Class A Preferred Share will be entitled to receive, after the distribution to the holders of the Class B Preferred Shares but prior to any distribution to the holders of Ordinary Shares, out of any remaining assets of GF, an amount equal to the initial purchase price per share of the Class A Preferred Shares. Each Class A Preferred Share is convertible, at the option of the holder, into Class B Ordinary Shares at the then applicable Class A Conversion Rate. Each Class A Preferred Share will also automatically convert into Class B Ordinary Shares at the then applicable Class A Conversion Rate upon the earlier of (i) an IPO or (ii) a change of control transaction of GF. The initial Class A Conversion Rate is 100 Class B Ordinary Shares for each Class A Preferred Share, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. The Class A Preferred Shares currently vote on an as-converted basis with any outstanding Ordinary Shares, voting together as a single class, with respect to any question upon which holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to vote.

Class A Subordinated Convertible Notes. GF’s Class A Notes accrue interest at a rate of 4% per annum, compounded semiannually. Interest on the Class A Notes is payable semiannually in additional Class A Notes. The Class A Notes are the unsecured obligations of GF and rank subordinated in right of payment to any current or future senior indebtedness of GF. The Class A Notes are not redeemable by GF without the note holder’s consent. The Class A Notes are convertible, in whole or in part, in multiples of $1,000, into GF Class A Preferred Shares at the option of the holder at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date based on the conversion ratio in effect on the date of conversion. The Class A Notes mature ten years from the date of issuance. However, they automatically convert into Class A Preferred Shares upon the earlier of (i) an IPO, (ii) certain change of control transactions of GF or (iii) the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date.

Class B Subordinated Convertible Notes. GF’s Class B Notes accrue interest at a rate of 11% per annum, compounded semiannually. Interest on the Class B Notes is payable semiannually in additional Class B Notes. The Class B Notes are the unsecured obligations of GF and rank subordinated in right of payment to any current or future senior indebtedness of GF. The Class B Notes are not redeemable by GF without the note holder’s consent. The Class B Notes are convertible, in whole or in part, in multiples of $1,000, into GF Class B Preferred Shares at the option of the holder at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date at the conversion ratio in effect on the date of conversion. The Class B Notes mature ten years from the date of issuance. However, they automatically convert into GF Class B Preferred Shares upon the earlier of (i) an IPO, (ii) certain change of control transactions of GF or (iii) the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date.

Based on the structure of the transaction and the guidance on accounting for interests in variable interest entities, during 2009, GF was deemed a variable-interest entity, and we were deemed to be the primary beneficiary. Therefore, we were required to consolidate the accounts of GF from March 2, 2009 through December 26, 2009. For this period, ATIC’s noncontrolling interest, represented by its equity interests in GF, was presented outside of stockholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet due to ATIC’s right to put those securities back to us in the event of a change of control of AMD during the two years following the date of the Closing. Our net income attributable to common stockholders per share consisted of our consolidated net income, as adjusted for (i) the portion of GF’s losses attributable to ATIC, which was based on ATIC’s proportional ownership interest in GF’s Class A Preferred Shares (17% in 2009), and (ii) the non-cash accretion on GF’s Class B Preferred Shares attributable to us, based on our proportional ownership interest of GF’s Class A Preferred Shares (83% in 2009).

At the Closing, AMD, ATIC and GF also entered into a Shareholders’ Agreement (the Shareholders’ Agreement), a Funding Agreement (the Funding Agreement), and a Wafer Supply Agreement (the WSA), certain terms of which are summarized below.

Shareholders’ Agreement. The Shareholders’ Agreement sets forth the rights and obligations of AMD and ATIC as shareholders of GF. The initial GF board of directors (GF Board) consisted of eight directors, and AMD and ATIC each designated four directors. After the Reconciliation Event, the number of directors a GF shareholder may designate increases or decreases according to the percentage of GF’s shares it owns on a fully diluted basis. We had the right to designate three directors to the GF Board as of December 26, 2009. If a change of control of AMD occurs after the Reconciliation Event, ATIC will have the option to purchase in cash any or all of the GF securities (valued at their fair market value) held by us and our permitted transferees, ATIC can require us or the other party to the change in control transaction to assume a pro-rata portion of ATIC’s funding commitment under the Funding Agreement until 2013, and ATIC can require the other party to the change in control transaction to guarantee all of our obligations under the transaction documents.

 

32


Table of Contents

Funding Agreement. The Funding Agreement provides for the funding of GF and governs the terms and conditions under which ATIC is obligated to provide such funding. Pursuant to the Funding Agreement, ATIC has committed to additional equity funding of a minimum of $3.6 billion and up to $6.0 billion to be provided in phases over five years from the Closing. The aggregate amount of equity funding to be provided by the shareholders in any year depends on the time period of such funding and the amounts set forth in the five-year capital plan of GF. In addition, GF is required to obtain specified third-party debt in any given year, as set forth in its five-year capital plan. To the extent that GF obtains more than the specified amount of third-party debt, ATIC is able to reduce its funding commitment accordingly. We have the right, but not the obligation, to provide additional future capital to GF in an amount pro rata to our interest in the fully converted Ordinary Shares of GF. To the extent we choose not to participate in an equity financing of GF, ATIC is obligated to purchase our share of GF securities, subject to ATIC’s funding commitments under the Funding Agreement.

ATIC’s obligations to provide funding are subject to certain conditions, including the accuracy of GF’s representations and warranties in the Funding Agreement, the absence of a material adverse effect on GF or us and the absence of a material breach or default by GF or us under the provisions of any transaction document. There are additional funding conditions which are set forth in more detail in the Funding Agreement.

During 2009, ATIC contributed $260 million of cash to GF in exchange for GF securities consisting of $52 million aggregate principal amount of Class A Notes and $208 million aggregate principal amount of Class B Notes. We declined to participate in the funding. As of December 26, 2009, our ownership interest in GF was approximately 32% on a fully diluted basis.

Wafer Supply Agreement. The WSA governs the terms by which we purchase products manufactured by GF. Pursuant to the WSA, during 2010, we purchased substantially all of our microprocessor unit (MPU) product requirements from GF. During 2010, we paid GF for wafers on a cost-plus basis. If we acquire a third-party business that manufactures MPU products, we will have up to two years to transition the manufacture of such MPU products to GF. In addition, once GF establishes certain specific qualified processes for bulk silicon wafers, we will purchase from GF, where competitive, specified percentages of our GPU requirements. At our request, GF will also provide sort services to us on a product-by-product basis.

We will provide GF with binding product forecasts of our MPU and GPU product requirements. The price for GPU products will be determined by the parties when GF is able to begin manufacturing GPU products for us.

The WSA terminates no later than March 2, 2024. GF has agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist us to transition the supply of products to another provider, and to continue to fulfill purchase orders for up to two years following the termination or expiration of the WSA. During the transition period, pricing for microprocessor products will remain as set forth in the WSA, but our purchase commitments to GF will no longer apply.

Governance Changes, Funding and Accounting in 2010

Deconsolidation of GF

On December 18, 2009, ATIC International Investment Company (ATIC II) acquired Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd. (Chartered). On December 28, 2009, with our consent, ATIC II, Chartered and GF entered into a Management and Operating Agreement (MOA), which provided for the joint management and operation of GF and Chartered, thereby allowing GF and Chartered to share costs, take advantage of operating synergies and market wafer fabrications services on a collective basis. In order to allow for the signing of the MOA on December 28, 2009, prior to obtaining any regulatory approvals, we agreed to irrevocably waive rights under the Shareholders Agreement with respect to certain matters that require unanimous GF Board approval. Additionally, if any such matters came before the GF Board, we agreed that our designated GF directors will vote in the same manner as the majority of ATIC-designated GF Board members voting on any such matters. As a result of waiving such approval rights, as of December 28, 2009, for financial reporting purposes we no longer shared control with ATIC over GF. Based on our fully diluted ownership interest in GF, we had the right to designate two directors to the GF Board of Directors as of December 25, 2010.

 

33


Table of Contents

In June 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities. This new guidance became effective for us beginning the first day of 2010. Under the new guidance, the investor who is deemed to both (i) have the power to direct the activities of the variable interest entity that most significantly impact the variable interest entity’s economic performance and (ii) be exposed to losses and returns will be the primary beneficiary who should then consolidate the variable interest entity. We evaluated whether the governance changes described above would, pursuant to the new guidance, affect our consolidation of GF. We considered the purpose and design of GF, the activities of GF that most significantly affect the economic performance of GF and the concept of “who has the power,” as contemplated by the new guidance. Based on the results of this evaluation and in light of the governance changes whereby we believe we only had protective rights relative to the operations of GF, we concluded that the other investor in GF, ATIC, is the party who has the power to direct the activities of GF that most significantly impact GF’s performance and is, therefore, the primary beneficiary of GF. Accordingly, effective as of December 27, 2009, we deconsolidated GF, and during fiscal 2010 we accounted for our ownership interest in GF under the equity method of accounting. For purposes of our application of the equity method of accounting during 2010, we recorded our share of GF’s results excluding the results of Chartered because GF did not have an equity ownership interest in Chartered. The terms of the Funding Agreement and the WSA described above were not affected by the deconsolidation of GF. Following the deconsolidation, GF became our related party.

Funding of GF

Pursuant to each GF funding request from the beginning of 2010 through November 17, 2010, the equity securities issued by GF consisted of 20% of Class A Preferred Shares and 80% of Class B Preferred Shares. On November 24, 2010, we, ATIC and GF signed a letter agreement regarding future funding of GF. Pursuant to this letter agreement, the parties agreed that the securities to be issued in consideration of any future GF funding would consist solely of GF’s Class A Preferred Shares. In addition, the purchase price per Class A Preferred Share would be determined by dividing GF’s net tangible assets (derived from its most recent fiscal year-end audited consolidated balance sheet) by GF’s total number of outstanding preferred shares (assuming the conversion of any outstanding GF Class A Notes into Class A Preferred Shares and Class B Notes into Class B Preferred Shares) as of the date of the balance sheet referred to above and multiplying by 1.10. Prior to the letter agreement, the funding multiple was 0.90.

During 2010, ATIC contributed $930 million of cash to GF in exchange for GF securities consisting of 444,313 Class A Preferred Shares and 617,695 Class B Preferred Shares. We did not participate in the fundings. As a result, our ownership interest in GF’s Class A Preferred Shares decreased from approximately 83% as of December 26, 2009 to approximately 62% as of December 25, 2010, and our ownership interest in GF was approximately 23% on a fully diluted basis. These contributions resulted in an aggregate gain on our ownership interest dilution of $232 million, which we recorded as part of the equity in net loss of investee line item on our consolidated statement of operations.

Contribution Agreement, Funding and Accounting in 2011; Amended Shareholders’, Funding and Wafer Supply Agreements

GLOBALFOUNDRIES Singapore Pte. Ltd. (GFS, formerly Chartered) Contribution in Fiscal 2011

On December 27, 2010, pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, ATIC International Investment Company LLC, an affiliate of ATIC, contributed all of the outstanding Ordinary Shares of GFS to GF in exchange for 2,808,981 newly issued shares of GF Class A Preferred Shares. The issuance of Class A Preferred Shares to ATIC International diluted our ownership interest in GF from 23% to 14% on a fully diluted basis and from 34% to 18% on a voting basis. As the result of this dilution, during the first quarter of 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized a non-cash gain of approximately $492 million, net of certain transaction related charges, in Equity income (loss) and dilution gain in investee, net. In connection with our reduced ownership interest in GF, the number of AMD-designated directors on GF’s board decreased from two to one.

In connection with this contribution, we amended and restated the Shareholders’ Agreement and the Funding Agreement.

Amended Shareholders’ Agreement

On December 27, 2010, we amended the Shareholders’ Agreement. Under the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the agreement, we have the right to designate one representative to the GF board of directors, which continues for two years following the date on which our ownership in GF, on a fully converted to GF ordinary shares basis, falls below 10%. Our ownership in GF, on a fully diluted basis, fell below 10% in September 2011. Therefore, we will no longer be able to designate a representative to the GF board of directors in September 2013.

Amended Funding Agreement

On December 27, 2010, we amended the Funding Agreement to implement the provisions of the November 24, 2010 letter agreement described above.

 

34


Table of Contents

Following the GFS contribution and governance changes described above, we assessed our ability to exercise significant influence over GF and considered factors such as our representation on GF’s board of directors, participation in GF’s policy-making processes, material intra-entity transactions, interchange of managerial personnel, technological dependency, and the extent of our ownership in relation to ownership by the other shareholders. Based on the results of our assessment, we concluded that we no longer had the ability to exercise significant influence over GF. Accordingly, as of the first quarter of 2011, we changed our method of accounting for our ownership interest in GF from the equity method to the cost method of accounting.

Under the cost method of accounting, we no longer recognize any share of GF’s net income or loss in our consolidated statement of operations. In addition, we review the carrying value of our investment in GF for impairment at each reporting period. Impairment indicators, among other factors, include significant deterioration in GF’s earnings performance or business prospects, significant changes in the market conditions in which GF operates, and GF’s ability to continue as a going concern.

GF continues to be a related party of AMD. Our expenses related to GF’s wafer manufacturing were $904 million and $1.2 billion in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our total expenses related to research and development activities were $79 million and $114 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition, during the first quarter of 2011, we incurred a charge of $24 million related to a payment to GF, primarily for certain manufacturing assets of GF, which do not benefit us.

Funding of GF

During 2011, ATIC contributed $4.4 billion of cash to GF in exchange for GF securities consisting of 4,386,257 Class A Preferred shares. We did not participate in the fundings. As a result, our ownership interest in GF’s Class A Preferred shares decreased from approximately 62% as of December 25, 2010, to approximately 12% as of December 31, 2011, and as of December 31, 2011, our ownership interest in GF was 9% on a fully diluted basis. Since the formation of GF through December 31, 2011, ATIC contributed an aggregate of $5.6 billion of cash to GF in exchange for GF securities.

Impairment of investment in GF

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we identified indicators of impairment, including revised financial projections which we received from GF. The fair value of our GF investment was determined by a valuation analysis of GF’s Class A Preferred Shares, utilizing the revised financial projections. We concluded the decline in fair value is other than temporary. As a result of the valuation analysis, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $209 million, based on the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the investment as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, our investment balance in GF after impairment was $278 million.

Amended Wafer Supply Agreement

On April 2, 2011, we amended the WSA. The primary effect of the amendment was to change the pricing methodology applicable to wafers delivered in 2011 for our microprocessors, including APU products. The amendment also modified our existing commitments regarding the production of certain GPU and chipset products at GF. Pursuant to the amendment, GF committed to provide us with, and we committed to purchase, a fixed number of 45nm and 32nm wafers per quarter in 2011. We paid GF a fixed price for 45nm wafers delivered in 2011. Our price for 32nm wafers varied based on the wafer volumes and manufacturing yield of such wafers and was based on good die. In addition, we also agreed to pay an additional quarterly amount to GF during 2012 totaling up to $430 million if GF met specified conditions related to continued availability of 32nm capacity as of the beginning of 2012. Under the current terms of the WSA, in 2012, we will compensate GF on a cost plus basis for projected manufacturing capacity that we have requested for our microprocessors, including APU products. However, we are currently in the process of negotiating a second amendment to the WSA, including the pricing methodology.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts in our consolidated financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Although actual results have historically been reasonably consistent with management’s expectations, actual results may differ from these estimates or our estimates may be affected by different assumptions or conditions.

 

35


Table of Contents

We believe the following critical accounting estimates are the most significant to the presentation of our financial statements and require the most difficult, subjective and complex judgments.

Revenue Allowances. We record a provision for estimated sales returns and allowances on product sales for estimated future price reductions and other customer incentives in the same period that the related revenues are recorded. We base these estimates on actual historical sales returns, allowances, historical price reductions, market activity, and other known or anticipated trends and factors. These estimates are subject to management’s judgment, and actual provisions could be different from our estimates and current provisions, resulting in future adjustments to our revenues and operating results.

Inventory Valuation. At each balance sheet date, we evaluate our ending inventories for excess quantities and obsolescence. This evaluation includes analysis of sales levels by product and projections of future demand. These projections assist us in determining the carrying value of our inventory. Generally, inventories on hand in excess of forecasted demand for the next two quarters are not valued. In addition, we write off inventories that are considered obsolete. We adjust the remaining specific inventory balances to approximate the lower of our standard manufacturing cost or market value. Among other factors, management considers forecasted demand in relation to the inventory on hand, competitiveness of product offerings, market conditions and product life cycles when determining obsolescence and net realizable value. If, in any period, we anticipate future demand or market conditions to be less favorable than our previous estimates, additional inventory write-downs may be required and would be reflected in cost of sales in the period the revision is made. This would have a negative impact on our gross margin in that period. If in any period we are able to sell inventories that were not valued or that had been written off in a previous period, related revenues would be recorded without any offsetting charge to cost of sales, resulting in a net benefit to our gross margin in that period.

Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment present.

We perform the annual goodwill impairment analysis as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. We evaluate whether goodwill has been impaired at the reporting unit level by first determining whether the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value and, if so, by determining whether the implied fair value of goodwill within the reporting unit is less than the carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined through the application of one or more valuation models common to our industry, including the income, market and cost approaches. While market valuation data for comparable companies is gathered and analyzed, we believe that there has not been sufficient comparability between the peer groups and the specific reporting units to allow for the derivation of reliable indications of value using a market approach. Therefore, we have ultimately employed the income approach which requires estimates of future operating results and cash flows of each of the reporting units, discounted using estimated discount rates. The key assumptions we have used to determine the fair value of our reporting units includes projected cash flows for the next 10 years and discount rates ranging from 15% to 30%. Discount rates are based on our weighted average cost of capital, adjusted for the risks associated with operations. A variance in the discount rate could have a significant impact on the amount of the goodwill impairment charge recorded, if any.

Based on the results of our annual analysis of goodwill in 2011 and 2010, each reporting unit’s fair values exceeded their carrying values by a significant amount, indicating that there was no goodwill impairment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets including Acquired Intangible Assets. We consider quarterly whether indicators of impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets are present. These indicators may include, but are not limited to, significant decreases in the market value of an asset and significant changes in the extent or manner in which an asset is used. If these or other indicators are present, we test for recoverability of the asset by determining whether the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets in question are less than their carrying value. If less, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective fair values. Fair value is determined through discounted future cash flows, appraisals or other methods. Significant judgment is involved in estimating future cash flows and deriving the discount rate to apply to the estimated future cash flows, and in evaluating the results of appraisals or other valuation methods. For example, in recent analyses performed, discount rates have ranged from 18% to 32%, but this may not be indicative of future analyses. If the asset determined to be impaired is to be held and used, we recognize an impairment loss through a charge to our operating results, which also reduces the carrying basis of the related asset. The new carrying value of the related asset is depreciated or amortized over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset. We also must make subjective judgments regarding the remaining useful life of the asset. We may incur additional impairment losses in future periods if factors influencing our estimates of the undiscounted cash flows change. For assets held for sale, impairment losses are measured at the lower of the carrying amount of the assets or the fair value of the assets less costs to sell. For assets to be disposed of other than by sale, impairment losses are measured as their carrying amount less salvage value, if any, at the time the assets cease to be used.

Income Taxes. In determining taxable income for financial statement reporting purposes, we must make certain estimates and judgments. These estimates and judgments are applied in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the

 

36


Table of Contents

recoverability of deferred tax assets, which arise from temporary differences between the recognition of assets and liabilities for tax and financial statement reporting purposes.

We must assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, we must increase our charge to income tax expense, in the form of a valuation allowance, for the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be recoverable. We consider past performance, future expected taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in determining the need for a valuation allowance.

In addition, the calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax rules and the potential for future adjustment of our uncertain tax positions by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing jurisdiction. If our estimates of these taxes are greater or less than actual results, an additional tax benefit or charge will result. We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as interest expense and income tax expense, respectively.

Results of Operations

We intend the discussion of our financial condition and results of operations that follows to provide information that will assist you in understanding our financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from year to year, the primary factors that resulted in those changes and how certain accounting principles, policies and estimates affect our financial statements.

We review and assess operating performance using segment net revenues and operating income (loss) before interest, other income (expense), net, equity income (loss) and dilution gain in investee, net and income taxes. These performance measures include the allocation of expenses to the operating segments based on management’s judgment.

In the first quarter of 2009, as a result of the formation of GF, we began reviewing and assessing operating performance using the following reportable segments:

 

   

the Computing Solutions segment, which included microprocessors, chipsets and embedded processors and related revenue;

 

   

the Graphics segment, which included graphics, video and multimedia products and related revenue as well as revenue received in connection with the development and sale of game console systems that incorporate our graphics technology; and

 

   

the Foundry segment, which included operating results attributable to front end wafer manufacturing operations and related activities, including the operating results of GF, from March 2, 2009 to December 26, 2009.

In addition to these reportable segments, we had an All Other category, which was not a reportable segment. This category included certain expenses and credits that were not allocated to any of the operating segments because management did not consider these expenses and credits in evaluating the performance of the operating segments. These expenses were non-Foundry segment related expenses and included employee stock-based compensation expense, restructuring charges and amortization of acquired intangible assets. We also reported the results of the Handheld business unit in the All Other category because the operating results of this business unit were not material. We also had an Intersegment Eliminations category, which was also not a reportable segment. This category included intersegment eliminations for revenue, cost of sales and profits on inventory related to transactions between the Computing Solutions segment and the Foundry segment.

Beginning in the first quarter of 2010, as a result of the deconsolidation of GF, we no longer had a Foundry segment or an Intersegment Eliminations category. We began reviewing and assessing operating performance using the following reportable segments:

 

   

the Computing Solutions segment, which includes microprocessors, as standalone devices or as incorporated as an APU, chipsets, and embedded microprocessors, embedded GPUs and related revenue; and

 

   

the Graphics segment, which includes graphics, video and multimedia products and related revenue as well as revenue received in connection with the development and sale of game console systems that incorporate our graphics technology.

We continue to have an All Other category, as described above.

We use a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending last Saturday in December. The years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 included 53 weeks, 52 weeks and 52 weeks, respectively. However, the extra week in 2011 did not have a material impact on our results of operations. References in this report to 2011, 2010 and 2009 refer to the fiscal year unless explicitly stated otherwise.

 

37


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of net revenue and operating income (loss) by segment and income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes for 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

      2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Net revenue:

      

Computing Solutions

   $ 5,002      $ 4,817      $ 4,170   

Graphics

     1,565        1,663        1,167   

Foundry

     —          —          1,101   

All Other

     1        14        66   

Intersegment Eliminations

     —          —          (1,101

Total net revenue

   $ 6,568      $ 6,494      $ 5,403   

Operating income (loss):

      

Computing Solutions

   $ 556      $ 529      $ 142   

Graphics

     51        149        35   

Foundry

     —          —          (433

All Other

     (239     170        968   

Intersegment Eliminations

     —          —          (48

Total operating income

   $ 368      $ 848      $ 664   

Interest income

     10        11        16   

Interest expense

     (180     (199     (438

Other income (expense), net

     (199     311        166   

Equity income (loss) and dilution gain in investee, net

     492        (462     —     

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 491      $ 509      $ 408   

Computing Solutions

Computing Solutions net revenue of $5.0 billion in 2011 increased 4% compared to net revenue of $4.8 billion in 2010, primarily as a result of a 16% increase in unit shipments partially offset by an 11% decrease in average selling price. The increase in unit shipments was attributable to an increase in unit shipments of our microprocessors, including APU products for mobile devices, as well as our chipset products. Unit shipments of our microprocessors, including APU products for mobile devices increased due to strong demand for our Brazos and Llano-based APU platforms. However, the increase in unit shipments in 2011 was limited by supply constraints with respect to certain microprocessor products manufactured using the 32nm technology node. Chipset unit shipments increased primarily due to an increase in overall unit shipments of our microprocessor products. The decrease in overall average selling price was primarily attributable to a decrease in the average selling price of our microprocessors for servers due to a shift in our product mix and competitive market conditions as well as sales of our Brazos APU platforms, which have a lower average selling price than our other processor products.

Computing Solutions net revenue of $4.8 billion in 2010 increased 16% compared to net revenue of $4.2 billion in 2009, primarily as a result of an 18% increase in unit shipments partially offset by a 2% decrease in average selling price. The increase in unit shipments was attributable to an increase in unit shipments of our microprocessor products for mobile devices as well as chipset products, resulting primarily from an improved economic environment. In addition, chipset unit shipments increased as customers increasingly adopted our chipsets with our microprocessor products, while unit shipments of our microprocessors for mobile devices increased due to increased demand from existing and new customers for our new notebook platforms. Average selling price decreased due to a decrease in average selling price of embedded processors, partially offset by an increase in average selling price of our chipsets and microprocessor products. Average selling price of embedded processors decreased due to a shift in our product mix to lower-end, legacy products. Average selling price of microprocessor products increased due to a favorable shift in our product mix to higher end microprocessors, especially for servers, as customers continued to transition to our AMD Opteron™ 6000 series server platforms. Average selling price of our chipset products increased primarily due to a shift in product mix.

Computing Solutions operating income was $556 million in 2011 compared to $529 million in 2010. The improvement in operating results was primarily due to the increase in net revenue referenced above, partially offset by a $70 million increase in cost of sales, a $45 million increase in research and development expenses and a $42 million increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses. Cost of sales increased primarily due to higher microprocessor and chipsets unit shipments and the absence of a one-time benefit related to the deconsolidation of GF in 2010. Research and development expenses and marketing, general and administrative expenses increased for the reasons set forth under “Expenses,” below.

 

38


Table of Contents

Computing Solutions operating income was $529 million in 2010 compared to $142 million in 2009. The improvement was primarily due to the increase in net revenue referenced above and a $25 million decrease in cost of sales, partially offset by a $224 million increase in research and development expenses and a $61 million increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses. Cost of sales decreased due to reductions in manufacturing costs and a one-time benefit related to the deconsolidation of GF in 2010. Research and development expenses and marketing, general and administrative expenses increased for the reasons set forth under “Expenses,” below.

Graphics

Graphics net revenue of $1.6 billion in 2011 decreased by 6% compared to net revenue of $1.7 billion in 2010. The decrease was due to a 6% decrease in net revenue from sales of GPU products. Net revenue from sales of GPU products decreased primarily due to a decrease in both GPU unit shipments and average selling price. The decrease in GPU unit shipments was primarily due to lower customer demand which we believe was due in part to the disruption in the supply of hard disk drives caused by the flooding in Thailand at the beginning of 2011. GPU average selling price decreased due to a shift in our product mix to lower end GPU products.

Graphics net revenue of $1.7 billion in 2010 increased 43% compared to net revenue of $1.2 billion in 2009. The increase was due to a 49% increase in net revenue from sales of GPU products. Net revenue from sales of GPU products increased primarily due to an increase in both GPU unit shipments and average selling price. Unit shipments increased due to strong demand for our DX 11® —ATI Radeon™ products. However, the increase was limited by supply constraints primarily related to constrained wafer foundry capacity in the first half of 2010. Supply constraints improved in the third quarter of 2010, and we did not experience any supply constraints during the fourth quarter of 2010. GPU average selling price increased due to a shift in our product mix to higher end GPU products.

Graphics operating income was $51 million in 2011 compared to $149 million in 2010. The decline in operating results was primarily due to the decrease in net revenue referenced above and a $20 million increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses, partially offset by a $25 million decrease in cost of sales. Marketing, general and administrative expenses increased for the reasons set forth under “Expenses,” below. Cost of sales decreased primarily due to lower GPU shipments and correspondingly lower manufacturing costs.

Graphics operating income was $149 million in 2010 compared to $35 million in 2009. The improvement was primarily due to the increase in net revenue referenced above, partially offset by a $345 million increase in cost of sales due to higher GPU unit shipments, a $22 million increase in research and development expenses and a $15 million increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses. Research and development expenses and marketing, general and administrative expenses increased for the reasons set forth under “Expenses,” below.

Foundry

Foundry net revenue was $1.1 billion in 2009. Foundry operating loss was $433 million in 2009. In 2011 and 2010, we did not have a Foundry segment.

All Other

All Other revenue was immaterial in 2011, $14 million in 2010 and $66 million in 2009. All Other revenue declined because as of 2009, we no longer developed new Handheld products. We decided to exit the Handheld business after selling certain graphics and multimedia technology assets and intellectual property to Qualcomm in the first quarter of 2009.

All Other operating loss of $239 million in 2011 included $98 million in restructuring charges, net, $90 million of stock-based compensation expense, $29 million related to amortization of acquired intangible assets and a $24 million charge recorded in connection with a payment to GF primarily related to certain GF manufacturing assets that did not benefit us.

All Other operating income of $170 million in 2010 included $283 million of income from the settlement of our litigation with Samsung in the fourth quarter of 2010, a $30 million one-time benefit recognized in the first quarter of 2010 related to the deconsolidation of GF, and $14 million of net revenue, partially offset by $87 million of stock-based compensation expense and $61 million related to the amortization of acquired intangible assets,

All Other operating income of $968 million in 2009 included $1.2 billion of income from the settlement of our litigation with Intel in the fourth quarter of 2009 and $66 million of net revenue, partially offset by stock-based compensation expense of $69 million, $65 million in restructuring charges, net, $55 million of cost of sales, $46 million in research and development expenses and $32 million in marketing, general and administrative expenses.

 

39


Table of Contents

Intersegment Eliminations

Intersegment eliminations represent eliminations during consolidation in revenue and in cost of sales and profits on inventory between the Computing Solutions segment and the Foundry segment. For 2009, intersegment eliminations of revenue were $1.1 billion and intersegment eliminations of cost of sales and profits on inventory were $48 million. In 2011 and 2010, we did not have an Intersegment Eliminations category.

Comparison of Gross Margin, Expenses, Interest Income, Interest Expense, Other Income (Expense), Net, Income Taxes and Equity Income (Loss) and Dilution Gain in Investee, Net

The following is a summary of certain consolidated statement of operations data for 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

      2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions, except for percentages)  

Cost of sales

   $ 3,628      $ 3,533      $ 3,131   

Gross margin

     2,940        2,961        2,272   

Gross margin percentage

     45     46     42

Research and development

     1,453        1,405        1,721   

Marketing, general and administrative

     992        934        994   

Legal settlement

     —          (283     (1,242

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     29        61        70   

Restructuring charges (reversals), net

     98        (4     65   

Interest income

     10        11        16   

Interest expense

     (180     (199     (438

Other income (expense), net

     (199     311        166   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (4     38        112   

Equity income (loss) and dilution gain in investee, net

     492        (462     —     

Gross Margin

Gross margin as a percentage of net revenue was 45% in 2011 compared to 46% in 2010. Gross margin in 2011 included a $24 million charge recorded in connection with a payment to GF for certain GF manufacturing assets and a charge of approximately $5 million related to a legal settlement. Gross margin in 2010 included a $69 million benefit related to the deconsolidation of GF. Absent the effects of these events, which we believe are not indicative of our ongoing operating performance, our gross margin would have been 45% in each of 2011 and 2010. Gross margin, as adjusted for the factors described above, remained flat in 2011 compared to 2010. During 2011, unit shipments of our low-cost, margin accretive Brazos APU platforms increased compared to 2010. However, this improvement in gross margin was offset by an unfavorable mix in supply of microprocessor products manufactured using the 32nm technology node and a decline in average selling price of our microprocessor products for servers.

Gross margin as a percentage of net revenue was 46% in 2010 compared to 42% in 2009. Gross margin in 2010 included the $69 million benefit related to the deconsolidation of GF. Gross margin in 2009 included $159 million attributable to the Foundry segment and Intersegment Eliminations related to profits on inventory and a $171 million benefit related to the sale of inventory that had been written-down in the fourth quarter of 2008. The factors that led to the sale of the inventory that was previously written down were the stabilization of the overall macroeconomic environment and improved business conditions in 2009 compared to the end of 2008, which led to an increase in end-user demand for PCs and, correspondingly, an increase in customer orders for, and shipments of, our products. Absent the effects of these events, which we believe are not indicative of our ongoing operating performance, our gross margin would have been 45% in 2010 compared to 36% in 2009. The improvement in gross margin, as adjusted for the factors described above, was primarily attributable to an improvement in our manufacturing costs, including our utilization of GF’s manufacturing facilities, and higher average selling price for microprocessors and GPUs due to a favorable shift in product mix.

During 2009, we recorded grants and allowances GF received from the State of Saxony and the Federal Republic of Germany in connection with GF’s manufacturing facilities in Dresden, Germany as long-term liabilities on our consolidated financial statements. We amortized these amounts as they were earned as a reduction to operating expenses. The amortization of the production related grants and allowances were recorded as a credit to cost of sales. The credit to cost of sales totaled $46 million in 2009. The fluctuations in the recognition of these credits did not significantly impact our consolidated gross margins. With the deconsolidation of GF as of the beginning of 2010, our consolidated financial statements no longer directly reflected such credits to cost of sales. However, these credits had a favorable impact on the amounts that we paid GF pursuant to the WSA in 2010.

 

40


Table of Contents

Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses of $1.5 billion in 2011, increased by $48 million, or 3%, compared to $1.4 billion in 2010. The increase was primarily due to a $45 million increase in research and development expenses attributable to our Computing Solutions segment as a result of a $79 million increase in product engineering and design costs for our future products, partially offset by a $27 million decrease in other employee compensation and benefit expense and a $7 million decrease in manufacturing process technology expenses related to GF for our future products.

Research and development expenses of $1.4 billion in 2010, decreased by $316 million, or 18%, compared to $1.7 billion in 2009. In 2009, research and development expenses included $524 million in research and development expenses related to the Foundry segment. Without taking into account the research and development expenses attributable to the Foundry segment, which are not indicative of our ongoing performance, research and development expenses would have increased by $208 million in 2010 as compared to 2009. This increase was due to a $224 million increase in research and development expenses attributable to our Computing Solutions segment and a $22 million increase in research and development expenses attributable to our Graphics segment, partially offset by a $38 million decrease in research and development expenses attributable to our All Other category. The increase in research and development expenses attributable to our Computing Solutions segment was primarily due to a $91 million increase in product engineering and design costs for our future products, a $68 million increase in employee compensation and benefit expense and a $64 million increase in manufacturing process technology expenses related to GF for our future products. The increase in research and development expenses attributable to our Graphics segment was primarily due to a $33 million increase in employee compensation and benefit expense, partially offset by a $13 million decrease in product engineering and design costs due to lower material costs used in 2010. The decrease in research and development expenses attributable to our All Other category was primarily due to lower research and development expenses related to handheld products because we no longer develop these products.

Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses

Marketing, general and administrative expenses of $992 million in 2011, increased by $58 million, or 6%, compared to $934 million in 2010. The increase was primarily due to a $42 million increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses attributable to our Computing Solutions segment and a $20 million increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses attributable to our Graphics segment. The increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses attributable to our Computing Solutions segment was primarily due to a $41 million increase in sales and marketing activities resulting from an increase in regional marketing programs and labor expenses and a $14 million increase in general and administrative expenses, partially offset by a $12 million decrease in other employee compensation and benefit expense. The increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses in our Graphics segment was primarily due to a $22 million increase in sales and marketing activities resulting from an increase in regional marketing programs and labor expenses.

Marketing, general and administrative expenses of $934 million in 2010, decreased by $60 million, or 6%, compared to $994 million in 2009. Marketing, general and administrative expenses in 2009 included $116 million attributable to the Foundry segment. Without taking into account the marketing, general and administrative expenses attributable to the Foundry segment, which are not indicative of our ongoing performance, marketing, general and administrative expenses would have increased by $56 million. This increase was due to a $61 million increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses attributable to our Computing Solutions segment and a $15 million increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses attributable to our Graphics segment, partially offset by a $21 million decrease in marketing, general and administrative expenses attributable to our All Other category. The increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses in our Computing Solutions segment was primarily due to a $101 million increase in sales and marketing activities, a $26 million increase in employee compensation and benefit expenses, a $15 million increase in labor expenses and a $7 million increase in other general and administrative expenses. These increases were partially offset by an $88 million decrease in legal expenses following our settlement with Intel in 2009. The increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses attributable to our Graphics segment was primarily due to a $15 million increase in employee benefit and compensation expenses and other general and administrative expenses. The decrease in marketing, general and administrative expenses attributable to the All Other category was mainly due to the absence of $21 million of expenses incurred in connection with the formation of GF in the first quarter of 2009.

 

41


Table of Contents

Legal Settlements

Samsung Settlement

In the fourth quarter of 2010, we entered into a Patent License and Settlement Agreement with Samsung to end all outstanding legal disputes related to pending patent litigation between us and Samsung. Pursuant to this agreement, all claims between the parties were dismissed with prejudice and Samsung agreed to pay us $283 million less any withholding taxes. We received the first payment of $119 million (which represents $143 million less withholding taxes) in December 2010. The remaining amount of $117 million (which represents $140 million less withholding taxes) was paid in two equal installments in May 2011 and in November 2011. In addition, pursuant to the settlement agreement, Samsung granted us, and we granted to Samsung, non-exclusive, royalty-free licenses to all patents and patent applications for ten years after the effective date of the Agreement to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and otherwise dispose of certain semiconductor- and electronic-related products anywhere in the world.

This settlement encompassed all patent litigation and disputes between the parties. At the time we entered into the Agreement, we did not have any future obligations that we were required to perform in order to earn this settlement payment. Accordingly, we recognized the entire settlement amount in our operating results for the fourth quarter of 2010.

Intel Settlement

In the fourth quarter of 2009, we entered into an agreement with Intel to end all outstanding legal disputes between us and Intel, including antitrust litigation and patent cross license disputes. Under the terms of the agreement:

 

   

AMD and Intel agreed to a new 5-year patent cross license agreement that gives AMD broad rights and the freedom to operate a business utilizing multiple foundries;

 

   

Intel and AMD waived all claims of breach from the previous license agreement;

 

   

Intel paid us $1.25 billion;

 

   

Intel agreed to abide by a set of business practice provisions going forward;

 

   

we dropped all pending litigation, including a case in U.S. District Court in Delaware and two cases pending in Japan; and

 

   

we withdrew all of our regulatory complaints worldwide.

This settlement encompasses all past antitrust litigation and disputes between us and Intel. At the time we entered into the agreement, we did not have any future obligations that we were required to perform to earn this settlement payment. That is, the patent cross license agreement represented fully paid up licenses by both AMD and Intel for which no future payments or delivery was required. Accordingly, we recognized the entire settlement amount in our 2009 operating results.

Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets

Amortization of acquired intangible assets was $29 million in 2011, $61 million in 2010 and $70 million in 2009. The decrease from 2009 to 2010 and from 2010 to 2011 was due to the reduced amortization base amount of the acquired intangible assets.

Effects of Restructuring Plans

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we initiated a restructuring plan to strengthen our competitive positioning, implement a more competitive cost structure and conduct a workforce rebalancing to better address faster growing market segments. The plan primarily involved a reduction of our global workforce by approximately 10% and contract and program terminations. The plan also involved additional cost reduction actions that will take place in 2012. We expect that the 2011 restructuring plan will be substantially completed during 2012. We recorded a $100 million restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of 2011, which consisted of $54 million for severance and costs related to the continuation of certain employee benefits, $45 million for contract or program termination costs and $1 million for asset impairments. Of the $100 million restructuring charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2011, we expect approximately $52 million in cash expenditures in 2012 and approximately $15 million in cash expenditures in 2013. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we also reversed approximately $2 million of costs associated with our 2008 restructuring plan because the actual restoration costs for vacated facilities were lower than previously estimated.

In addition, we currently estimate that we will record restructuring expense in 2012 of approximately $5 million. Of this amount, approximately $4 million is related to severance and costs of continuation of certain employee benefits and approximately $1 million is related to facility site closures, substantially all of which we expect to pay in 2012.

 

42


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of the fourth quarter of 2011 restructuring activities and the related liabilities recorded in “Other current liabilities” and “Other long-term liabilities” on our consolidated balance sheet remaining as of December 31, 2011:

 

     

Severance

and related

benefits

   

Other exit

Related

Costs

    Total  
     (In millions)  

Balance December 25, 2010

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Charges

     54        46        100   

Cash payments

     (32     —          (32

Non-cash charges

     —          (1     (1

Balance December 31, 2011

   $ 22      $ 45      $ 67   

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we initiated a restructuring plan to reduce our cost structure, which was substantially completed in 2009. This plan primarily involved the termination of employees. The restructuring charges recorded in conjunction with this plan primarily represented severance and costs related to the continuation of certain employee benefits, contract or program termination costs, asset impairments and exit costs for facility consolidations and closures.

The following table provides a summary of each major type of cost associated with the 2011 and 2008 restructuring plans for the periods presented:

 

      2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Severance and benefits

   $ 54      $ (4   $ 25   

Contract or program terminations

     45       —          12   

Asset impairments

     1       —          8   

Facility consolidations and closures

     (2 )     —          20   

Total

   $ 98      $ (4 )   $ 65   
                          

Interest Income

Interest income of $10 million in 2011 was relatively flat as compared to $11 million in 2010. The weighted-average interest rate decreased in 2011 compared to 2010. However, the impact of this was offset by an increase in average cash balance during 2011.

Interest income of $11 million in 2010 decreased by $5 million from $16 million in 2009, primarily due to the absence of $4 million of GF interest income. GF interest income is not reflected in our results of operations in 2010 as a result of the deconsolidation of GF.

Interest Expense

 

      2011      2010      2009  
     (In millions)  

Total interest charges

   $ 180       $ 199       $ 439   

Less: interest capitalized

     —           —           (1

Interest expense

   $ 180       $ 199       $ 438   

Total interest charges of $180 million in 2011 decreased by $19 million from $199 million in 2010. Interest expense decreased primarily due to the net reduction in the principal amount of our outstanding debt.

Total interest charges of $199 million in 2010 decreased by $240 million from $439 million in 2009. Of this decrease, $153 million was attributable to the deconsolidation of GF and $77 million was attributable to a net reduction in the principal amount of our outstanding debt.

 

43


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other expense, net in 2011 was $199 million compared to $311 million of other income, net in 2010 and $166 million of other income, net in 2009.

In 2011, we recognized an impairment charge on our investment in GF of approximately $209 million and a $6 million loss related to our repurchase of $200 million aggregate principal amount of our 6.00% Notes, partially offset by $8 million gain on foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

In 2010, we recognized a one-time, non-cash gain related to the deconsolidation of GF of approximately $325 million, a $17 million gain from the sale of our marketable securities and an $8 million gain related to an earn-out payment that we received in connection with the acquisition of a company that we had invested in, partially offset by a $24 million loss related to our repurchase of $1,016 million principal amount of our 6.00% Notes and $14 million loss due to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

In 2009, we repurchased $344 million principal amount of our 6.00% Notes, resulting in a gain of $174 million, and we repurchased $1,015 million principal amount of our 5.75% Notes, resulting in a gain of $6 million. In addition, we recognized a gain of $15 million on settlement of a liability related to certain foreign currency exchange contracts, a gain of $28 million on the sale of certain Handheld assets, and a $25 million gain from a class action legal settlement with DRAM manufacturers. These gains were partially offset by a $27 million foreign exchange loss, a $17 million charge for real estate transfer taxes in connection with the GF manufacturing joint venture transaction and a $10 million charge related to the AMTC joint venture. During 2009, we also redeemed the remaining outstanding principal amount of our 7.75% Notes resulting in a net loss of $11 million and recorded other than temporary impairment charge of $3 million relating to our investment in Spansion Inc.

Income Taxes

We recorded an income tax benefit of $4 million in 2011 and an income tax provision of $38 million and $112 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The income tax benefit in 2011 was primarily due to tax benefits of $4 million from the monetization of U.S. and Canadian tax credits, a $4 million reversal of unrecognized tax benefits in foreign jurisdictions, primarily due to a favorable audit resolution in a foreign jurisdiction, net of $4 million of taxes in profitable foreign locations.

The income tax provision in 2010 was primarily due to withholding taxes paid to the Korean tax authorities in connection with the payment we received from Samsung in December 2010 pursuant to the Patent License and Settlement Agreement as well as foreign taxes in profitable locations offset by benefits, including the monetization of U.S. research and development credits, an alternative minimum tax refund on net operating loss carryback in the United States and the reversal of unrecognized tax benefits in foreign jurisdictions.

The income tax provision in 2009 was primarily due to a one-time loss of deferred tax assets for German net operating loss carryovers upon transfer of our ownership interests in our Dresden subsidiaries to GF plus foreign taxes in profitable locations offset by discrete tax benefits, including the monetization of U.S. research and development credits.

As of December 31, 2011, substantially all of our U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, continued to be subject to a valuation allowance. The realization of these assets is dependent on substantial future taxable income which, at December 31, 2011, in management’s estimate, is not more likely than not to be achieved.

Equity Income (Loss) and Dilution Gain in Investee, Net

During the time that we applied the equity method of accounting for our ownership interest in GF, our equity in net loss of investee primarily consisted of our proportionate share of GF’s losses for the period based on our ownership percentage of GF’s Class A Preferred Shares, our portion of the non-cash accretion on GF’s Class B Preferred Shares, the elimination of intercompany profit, reflecting the mark-up on inventory that remained on our consolidated balance sheet at the end of the period, the amortization of basis differences identified from the purchase price allocation process, based on the fair value of GF upon deconsolidation and, to the extent applicable, the gain or loss on dilution of our ownership interest as a result of the capital infusion into GF by ATIC.

 

44


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 was allocated in our consolidated statements of operations as follows:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
     (In millions)  

Cost of sales

   $ 6       $ 4       $ 3   

Research and development

     46         46         40   

Marketing, general and administrative

     38         37         32   

Total stock-based compensation expense, net of tax of $0

   $ 90       $ 87       $ 75   

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we did not realize any excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation and therefore we did not record any related financing cash flows.

Stock-based compensation expenses of $90 million in 2011 increased $3 million compared to $87 million in 2010. This increase was primarily due to the acceleration of vesting of all unvested equity awards held by our former Chief Executive Officer in the first quarter of 2011 as a result of his resignation from AMD, effective January 10, 2011, and a higher number of employee stock options and restricted stock units granted in 2011 compared to 2010, partially offset by a lower average grant date fair value in 2011 as compared to 2010.

Stock-based compensation expenses of $87 million in 2010 increased $12 million compared to $75 million in 2009. This increase was primarily due to a higher average grant date fair value in 2010 as compared to 2009.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $21 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock options that will be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.08 years. Also, as of December 31, 2011, we had $103 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to restricted stock and restricted stock units that will be recognized over the weighted average period of 1.79 years.

International Sales

International sales as a percentage of net revenue were 93% in 2011, 88% in 2010 and 87% in 2009. We expect that international sales will continue to be a significant portion of total sales in the foreseeable future. Substantially all of our sales transactions were denominated in U.S. dollars.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Liquidity

As of December 31, 2011, our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances remained relatively flat at $1.8 billion when compared to cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities as of December 25, 2010.

During 2011, we invested $149 million in long-term marketable securities, which we intend to hold for more than one year, and do not intend to use in current operations. Our long-term marketable securities are invested in corporate bonds and money market funds that have maximum stated maturities of 2 years. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of these long-term marketable securities was $149 million.

As of December 31, 2011, our debt and capital lease obligations were $2 billion, which reflects a debt discount adjustment of $75 million on our 6.00% Notes and 8.125% Notes. The principal amount outstanding of our 5.75% Notes of $485 million matures in August 2012. We have classified this amount as current portion of long term debt on our balance sheet. We may elect to refinance the outstanding amount of our 5.75% Notes, or to purchase or otherwise retire the outstanding amount of our 5.75% Notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, either directly or through intermediaries. Otherwise, we will pay off the outstanding amount of our 5.75% Notes at maturity.

 

45


Table of Contents

For 2011, our adjusted free cash flow was $528 million. Adjusted free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure, which we calculated by taking GAAP net cash provided by operating activities of $382 million and adding an amount of $396 million, which represents payments made by certain of our distributor customers during 2011 to IBM Credit LLC and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the IBM Parties) pursuant to our former accounts receivable financing arrangement among AMD, certain AMD subsidiaries and the IBM Parties, which we describe in further detail below. We adjusted the resulting amount of $778 million by subtracting capital expenditures, which were $250 million for 2011. When compared to adjusted free cash flow of $355 million in 2010, the increase was attributable to a higher GAAP net cash provided by operating activities, which increased by $794 million, partially offset by an increase of $102 million in capital expenditures, and a decrease of $519 million in payments made by our distributor customers to the IBM Parties in 2011 as compared to 2010. Our capital expenditures increased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to the implementation of a financial transformation project to improve operational efficiency and also due to the acquisition of a new data center. We terminated our financing arrangement with the IBM Parties in February 2011. We did not make any adjustments to GAAP net cash provided by operating activities related to this financing arrangement in the third or fourth quarters of 2011 because there were no outstanding invoices, and we do not intend to do so in future periods.

We had various supplier agreements with the IBM Parties pursuant to which we sold invoices of selected distributor customers. Under this financing arrangement, we did not recognize revenue until our distributors sold our products to their customers. Under GAAP, we classified funds received from the IBM Parties as debt on the balance sheet. Moreover, for cash flow purposes, we classified these funds as cash flows from financing activities. When a distributor paid the applicable IBM Party, we reduced the distributor’s accounts receivable and the corresponding debt, resulting in a non-cash accounting entry. Because we did not receive the cash from the distributor to reduce the accounts receivable, the distributor’s payment was never reflected in our cash flows from operating activities.

Generally, under GAAP, the reduction in accounts receivable is assumed to be a source of operating cash flow. Therefore, we believe that treating the payments from our distributor customers to the IBM Parties as if we actually received the cash from the distributor and then used that cash to pay down the debt to the IBM Parties was more reflective of the economic substance of the financing arrangement with the IBM Parties. We calculate and communicate adjusted free cash flow because our management believes it is important for investors to understand the nature of these cash flows. Our calculation of adjusted free cash flow may or may not be consistent with the calculation of this measure by other companies in the same industry. Investors should not view adjusted free cash flow as an alternative to GAAP liquidity measures of cash flows from operating or financing activities.

We believe that cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances as of December 31, 2011, anticipated cash flow from operations and available external financing will be sufficient to fund operations, including capital expenditures over the next twelve months.

We believe that in the event we require additional funding, we will be able to access the capital markets on terms and in amounts adequate to meet our objectives. However, given the possibility of changes in market conditions or other occurrences, we cannot be certain that such funding will be available on terms favorable to us or at all.

Over the longer term, should additional funding be required, such as to meet payment obligations of our long-term debt when due, we may need to raise the required funds through borrowings or public or private sales of debt or equity securities, which may be issued from time to time under an effective registration statement, through the issuance of securities in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, or a combination of one or more of the foregoing. Uncertain global economic conditions have in the past and may in the future adversely impact our business. We cannot assure you that conditions will improve, and they could worsen. If market conditions do not improve or deteriorate, we may be limited in our ability to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs, on favorable terms or at all, which could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, including our ability to refinance maturing liabilities.

Auction Rate Securities

As a result of the uncertainties in the credit markets as mentioned above, all of our auction rate securities (ARS) were negatively affected and auctions for these securities failed to settle on their respective settlement dates since February 2008. However, there have been no defaults, and we have received all interest payments as they became due.

During 2011, we received proceeds of $21 million upon the redemption of ARS that had a carrying value of $19 million.

As of December 31, 2011, the par value of our ARS was $45 million, with an estimated fair value of $38 million. Total ARS, at fair value, represented 2% of our total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2011.

Based on the recent tender and redemption activities and the fact that the secondary market for these securities has become more liquid, with pricing generally similar to our carrying value, we classified these securities as marketable securities as of December 31, 2011. We have the intent and believe we have the ability to sell these securities within the next 12 months.

 

46


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $382 million in 2011. Net income of $491 million was adjusted for non-cash charges consisting primarily of $317 million of depreciation and amortization expense, a $209 million impairment charge on our investment in GF, $90 million of stock based compensation expense, and $21 million of interest expense related to our 6.00% Notes and our 8.125% Notes. These charges were partially offset by recognition of a one-time, non-cash gain of $492 million due to the dilution of our equity interest in GF. The net changes in operating assets at December 31, 2011 compared to December 25, 2010 included an increase in accounts receivable of $347 million, which included the non-cash impact of our previous financing arrangements with the IBM Parties. During 2011, the IBM Parties collected approximately $396 million from our distributor customers pursuant to these arrangements. Without considering the collection by the IBM Parties of the accounts receivables that we sold to them, our accounts receivable decreased $49 million. This decrease was primarily due to timing of sales and collections during 2011. There was also a decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets of $115 million primarily due to the receipt of the final settlement payment from Samsung of $117 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $412 million in 2010. Net income of $471 million was adjusted for non-cash charges consisting primarily of a $462 million loss from the application of the equity method of accounting for our investment in GF, $383 million of depreciation and amortization expense, $87 million of stock-based compensation expense, $30 million of interest expense related to our 6.00% Notes and our 8.125% Notes and a $24 million net loss related to our repurchase of an aggregate of $1,016 million principal amount of our 6.00% Notes for $1,011 million in cash. These charges were partially offset by a one-time, non-cash gain of $325 million related to the deconsolidation of GF, amortization of foreign grants of $16 million and a net gain of $17 million from the sale of marketable securities. The net changes in operating assets at December 25, 2010 compared to December 26, 2009 included an increase in accounts receivable of $1,138 million, which included the non-cash impact of our financing arrangement with the IBM Parties. During 2010, the IBM Parties collected approximately $915 million from our distributor customers pursuant to these arrangements. Without considering the collection by the IBM Parties of the accounts receivables that we sold to them, our accounts receivable increased $223 million. This increase was primarily due to the introduction and sale of new products towards the end of 2010 and the timing of the related collections. Excluding the effects of the deconsolidation of GF, there was also a decrease in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other of $184 million, primarily due to the timing of payments. Accounts payable to GF increased by $55 million due to the timing of payments during 2010.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $473 million in 2009, which included $1.2 billion from the settlement of our litigation with Intel. Net income of $293 million was adjusted for non-cash charges consisting primarily of $1.1 billion of depreciation and amortization expense, $121 million of interest expense primarily related to GF’s Class A Notes and Class B Notes and our 6.00% Notes, $75 million of stock-based compensation expense, a $28 million net loss from the sale and disposal of property, plant and equipment and an $11 million net loss primarily related to the redemption of all of our 7.75% Senior Notes due 2012. These charges were offset by a net gain of $180 million related to our repurchase of an aggregate of $344 million principal amount of our 6.00% Notes for $161 million in cash and $1,015 million principal amount of our 5.75% Notes for $1,002 million in cash, amortization of foreign grants and allowances of $110 million and a gain of $28 million from the sale of certain Handheld assets. The net changes in operating assets at December 26, 2009 compared to December 27, 2008 included an increase in accounts receivable of $960 million. During 2009, the IBM Parties collected approximately $535 million from our distributor customers pursuant to the financial arrangement described above. Without considering the collections by the IBM Parties of the accounts receivables that we sold to them, the increase in accounts receivable was $425 million. This increase was primarily due to timing of sales and collections during 2009. There was also a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $105 million, primarily due to lower purchases reflecting the effect of our cost cutting efforts and timing of payments.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $113 million in 2011. We had a net cash outflow of $234 million for the purchase and sale of property, plant and equipment, and payments of $17 million for professional services related to the contribution of GFS to GF. The net cash outflows were partially offset by a net cash inflow of $140 million for purchase, sale, and maturity of available-for-sale securities.

Net cash used in investing activities was $1.1 billion in 2010. The cash flow effect of the deconsolidation of GF was an outflow of $904 million, which consisted of GF’s cash and cash equivalents. In addition, we had a net cash outflow of $147 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment and of $160 million for purchases of available-for-sale securities. The net cash outflows were partially offset by a net cash inflow of $69 million from the sale of trading securities.

Net cash used in investing activities was $1.3 billion in 2009 primarily as a result of a net cash outflow of $883 million for the purchase of available-for-sale securities and $466 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment, of which $394 million related to property, plant and equipment attributable to the Foundry segment. This was partially offset by $58 million of proceeds from sale of certain Handheld assets and $14 million of proceeds from the maturity of trading securities.

 

47


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $6 million in 2011 as a result of payments of $202 million to repurchase $200 million aggregate principal amount of our 6.00% Notes. This amount was partially offset by $170 million of proceeds from our former financing arrangement with the IBM parties, $20 million in proceeds from foreign grants from the Canadian government for research and development activities related to our AMD Fusion products and from the Malaysian and Chinese governments for our local microprocessor assembly, test and packaging facilities, and $18 million from the exercise of employee stock options. During 2011, we did not realize any excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation. Therefore, we did not record any related financing cash flows.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $484 million in 2010 primarily as a result of proceeds of $988 million from our former financing arrangement with the IBM Parties, $490 million from the sale and issuance of $500 million aggregate principal amount of the 7.75% Notes, $19 million in proceeds from foreign grants from the Canadian government for research and development activities related to our Fusion products and from the Malaysian and Chinese governments for our local microprocessor assembly, test and packaging facilities and $15 million from the exercise of employee stock options. These amounts were partially offset by payments of $1,011 million to repurchase $1,016 million aggregate principal amount of our 6.00% Notes. During 2010, we did not realize any excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation. Therefore, we did not record any related financing cash flows.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.5 billion in 2009 primarily as a result of proceeds of $2.3 billion from the issuance of GF’s Class A Notes, Class B Notes, Class A Preferred Shares and Class B Preferred Shares, of which $1.6 billion constituted cash proceeds to GF, proceeds of $605 million from our former financing arrangement with the IBM Parties, proceeds of $440 million from the issuance of $500 million aggregate principle of 8.125% Notes, proceeds of $15 million from a revolving credit line between our subsidiary in China and China Merchant Bank, proceeds of $125 million from the sale of 58 million shares of AMD common stock and warrants to purchase 35 million shares of AMD common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share to WCH in connection with the formation of the GF manufacturing joint venture, and proceeds from grants and allowances from the Federal Republic of Germany and the State of Saxony of $55 million for GF’s Dresden manufacturing facilities. These amounts were partially offset by payments to Leipziger Messe of $180 million to repurchase its partnership interests in our former subsidiary in Dresden, Germany, AMD Fab 36 KG, $67 million related to the guaranteed rate of return on these partnership interests and $10 million related to a call option premium to Leipziger Messe for the early repurchase of these partnership interests. Net cash provided by financing activities was also partially offset by $1.8 billion of payments on certain debt and capital lease obligations, primarily consisting of $1,002 million to repurchase $1,015 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.75% Notes, $398 million to redeem $390 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.75% Senior Notes due 2012 and $161 million to repurchase $344 million aggregate principal amount of our 6.00% Notes. During 2009, we did not realize any excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation. Therefore, we did not record any related financing cash flows.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our consolidated principal contractual cash obligations, as of December 31, 2011, and is supplemented by the discussion following the table:

 

      Payment due by period  
(In millions)    Total      2012      2013      2014      2015      2016     

2017

and beyond

 

5.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012

   $ 485       $ 485       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2015(1)

     580         —           —           —           580         —           —     

8.125% Senior Notes due 2017(1)

     500         —           —           —           —           —           500   

7.75% Senior Notes due 2020

     500         —           —           —           —           —           500   

Other long-term liabilities

     21         —           19         1         —           —           1   

Aggregate interest obligation(2)

     714         133         114         114         94         79         180   

Capital lease obligations(3)

     31         6         6         6         6         6         1   

Operating leases

     175         36         32         29         24         17         37   

Purchase obligations(4)

     374         302         38         21         13         —           —     

Total contractual obligations

   $ 3,380       $ 962       $ 209       $ 171       $ 717       $ 102       $ 1,219   

 

(1) 

Represents aggregate principal amount of the notes, without the effect of associated discounts.

(2) 

Represents estimated aggregate interest obligations for our outstanding debt obligations that are payable in cash, excluding capital lease obligations. Also excludes non-cash amortization of debt discounts on the 8.125% Notes and the 6.00% Notes.

 

48


Table of Contents
(3) 

Includes principal and imputed interest.

(4) 

We have purchase obligations for goods and services where payments are based, in part, on the volume or type of services we require. In those cases, we only included the minimum volume of purchase obligations in the table above. Also, purchase orders for goods and services that are cancelable upon notice and without significant penalties are not included in the amounts above. This amount does not include estimates of future purchase obligations to GF under the Wafer Supply Agreement, which we expect will continue to be material. See “Purchase Obligations,” below.

5.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012

On August 14, 2007, we issued $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012 (the 5.75% Notes). The 5.75% Notes are our general unsecured senior obligations. Interest is payable in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year beginning February 15, 2008 until the maturity date of August 15, 2012. The terms of the 5.75% Notes are governed by an Indenture (the 5.75% Indenture), dated as of August 14, 2007, by and between us and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

As of December 31, 2011, the remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of our 5.75% Notes was $485 million.

We may elect to refinance the outstanding amount of our 5.75% Notes, or to purchase or otherwise retire the outstanding amount of our 5.75% Notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, either directly or through intermediaries. Otherwise, we will pay off the outstanding amount of our 5.75% Notes at maturity.

See Note 10 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” below, for additional information regarding the 5.75% Notes.

6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2015

On April 27, 2007, we issued $2.2 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2015. The 6.00% Notes are our general unsecured senior obligations. Interest is payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year beginning November 1, 2007 until the maturity date of May 1, 2015. The terms of the 6.00% Notes are governed by an Indenture (the 6.00% Indenture) dated April 27, 2007, by and between us and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

In 2011, we repurchased $200 million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.00% Notes in open market transactions for $202 million. As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of our 6.00% Notes was $580 million and the remaining carrying value was approximately $546 million, net of debt discount of $34 million.

We may elect to purchase or otherwise retire the balance of the 6.00% Notes with cash, stock or other assets from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions, either directly or through intermediaries, or by tender offer when we believe the market conditions are favorable to do so.

See Note 10 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” below, for additional information regarding the 6.00% Notes.

8.125% Senior Notes Due 2017

On November 30, 2009, we issued $500 million of the 8.125% Notes at a discount of 10.204%. The 8.125% Notes are our general unsecured senior obligations. Interest is payable on June 15 and December 15 of each year beginning June 15, 2010 until the maturity date of December 15, 2017. The discount of $51 million is recorded as contra debt and is amortized to interest expense over the life of the 8.125% Notes using the effective interest method. The 8.125% Notes are governed by the terms of an indenture (the 8.125% Indenture) dated November 30, 2009 between us and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

From December 15, 2013, we may redeem the 8.125% Notes for cash at the following specified prices plus accrued and unpaid interest:

 

Period    Price as
Percentage of
Principal Amount
 

Beginning on December 15, 2013 through December 14, 2014

     104.063

Beginning on December 15, 2014 through December 14, 2015

     102.031

On December 15, 2015 and thereafter

     100.000

 

49


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of our 8.125% Notes was $500 million and the remaining carrying value was approximately $459 million, net of debt discount of $41 million.

We may elect to purchase or otherwise retire the 8.125% Notes with cash, stock or other assets from time to time in open market or private negotiated transactions, either directly or through intermediaries, or by tender offer, when we believe the market conditions are favorable to do so.

See Note 10 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” below, for additional information regarding the 8.125% Notes.

7.75% Senior Notes Due 2020

On August 4, 2010, we issued $500 million of the 7.75% Notes. The 7.75% Notes are our general unsecured senior obligations. Interest is payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year beginning February 1, 2011 until the maturity date of August 1, 2020. The 7.75% Notes are governed by the terms of an indenture (the 7.75% Indenture) dated August 4, 2010 between us and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

From August 1, 2015, we may redeem the 7.75% Notes for cash at the following specified prices plus accrued and unpaid interest:

 

Period    Price as
Percentage of
Principal Amount
 

Beginning on August 1, 2015 through July 31, 2016

     103.875

Beginning on August 1, 2016 through July 31, 2017

     102.583

Beginning on August 1, 2017 through July 31, 2018

     101.292

and on August 1, 2018 and thereafter

     100.000

As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of our 7.75% Notes was $500 million.

We may elect to purchase or otherwise retire the 7.75% Notes with cash, stock or other assets from time to time in open market or private negotiated transactions, either directly or through intermediaries, or by tender offer, when we believe the market conditions are favorable to do so.

See Note 10 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” below, for additional information regarding the 7.75% Notes.

The agreements governing its 5.75% Notes, 6.00% Notes, 8.125% Notes and 7.75% Notes contain cross-default provisions whereby a default under one agreement would likely result in cross defaults under agreements covering other borrowings. The occurrence of a default under any of these borrowing arrangements would permit the applicable note holders to declare all amounts outstanding under those borrowing arrangements to be immediately due and payable.

Other Long-Term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities in the contractual obligations table above include $5 million related to employee benefit obligations and $16 million of payments due under certain software and technology licenses that will be paid through 2014.

Other long-term liabilities excludes amounts recorded on our consolidated balance sheet that do not require us to make cash payments, which, as of December 31, 2011, primarily consisted of $17 million of deferred gains resulting from the sale and leaseback of certain of our facilities. Also excluded from other long-term liabilities was $4 million of non-current unrecognized tax benefits, which are included in the caption “Other long-term liabilities” on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011. This amount represents a potential cash payment that could be payable by us upon settlement with a taxing authority. We have not included this amount in the contractual obligations table above because we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate regarding the timing of any settlement with the taxing authority, if any.

Capital Lease Obligations

As of December 31, 2011, we had aggregate outstanding capital lease obligations of $26 million for one of our facilities in Canada, which is payable in monthly installments through 2017.

 

50


Table of Contents

Operating Leases

We lease certain of our facilities and in some jurisdictions, we lease the land on which these facilities are built, under non-cancelable lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2022. We lease certain manufacturing and office equipment for terms ranging from 1 to 5 years. Total future non-cancelable lease obligations as of December 31, 2011 were $175 million.

Purchase Obligations

Our purchase obligations primarily include our obligations to purchase wafers and substrates from third parties. Total non-cancelable purchase obligations, other than those to GF under the WSA, as of December 31, 2011 were $374 million.

We currently estimate that we will pay GF approximately $1.5 billion in 2012 for wafer purchases. These 2012 estimated costs are based in part on our current expectations regarding GF’s manufacturing yields and wafer volumes, and the successful conclusion of our negotiations with GF and ATIC related to a second amendment to the WSA, including the pricing methodology. Costs are also impacted by variations in yields and several other factors including our current expectations regarding demand for our products. In addition, we estimate that additional purchase obligations in connection with research and development related to GF wafer production will be approximately $71 million in 2012. We are not currently able to meaningfully quantify or estimate our purchase obligations to GF beyond 2012, but we expect that our future purchases from GF will continue to be material.

Receivable Financing Arrangement

In 2011, we received proceeds of approximately $170 million from the sale of accounts receivable under the receivable financing arrangement with the IBM Parties. The IBM Parties collected approximately $396 million from our distributor customers participating in the financing arrangement. We terminated our financing arrangement with the IBM Parties in February 2011 and did not make any adjustments to GAAP net cash provided by operating activities related to this financing arrangement in the third or fourth quarters of 2011 because there were no outstanding invoices, and we do not intend to do so in future periods.

Guarantees of Indebtedness Not Recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet

Fab 36 Guarantee

In connection with the consummation of the GF manufacturing joint venture transaction on March 2, 2009, the terms of the 700 million euro Term Loan Facility Agreement among AMD Fab 36 Limited Liability Company & Co. KG, as borrower, and a consortium of banks led by Dresdner Bank AG, as lenders (the Fab 36 Term Loan), and other related agreements (collectively, the Fab 36 Loan Agreements) were amended to allow for the transfer of our former 300-millimeter wafer fabrication facility and its affiliated companies to GF. In addition, we also amended the terms of the related guarantee agreement such that we and GF were joint guarantors of the borrower’s obligations to the lenders under the Fab 36 Loan Agreements. On March 31, 2011, GF fully repaid the amounts outstanding under the Fab 36 Term Loan. We were not required to make any payments under the related guarantee agreement.

AMTC and BAC Guarantees

The Advanced Mask Technology Center GmbH & Co. KG (AMTC) and Maskhouse Building Administration GmbH & Co. KG (BAC) are joint ventures initially formed for the purpose of constructing and operating an advanced photomask facility in Dresden, Germany. In 2010, our limited partnership interests in AMTC and BAC were transferred to an affiliate of GF.

AMD, GF and Toppan Photomasks Germany GmbH guaranteed AMTC’s rental obligations relating to a portion of the BAC facility. Our portion of the guarantee was made on a joint and several basis with GF. GF separately agreed to indemnify us under certain circumstances if we were called upon to make any payments under the guarantee granted by us.

The BAC term loan was fully repaid in December 2011, and as a result the AMTC rental contract guarantee terminated. We were not required to make any payments under the guarantee.

In addition, AMD and GF were joint and several guarantors of 50% of AMTC’s obligations under a revolving credit facility. In December 2011, we were released from the guarantee. We were not required to make any payments under the guarantee.

 

51


Table of Contents
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk. Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio and long-term debt. We usually invest our cash in investments with short maturities or with frequent interest reset terms. Accordingly, our interest income fluctuates with short-term market conditions. As of December 31, 2011, our investment portfolio consisted primarily of time deposits, money market funds, commercial paper, ARS, and corporate bonds. With the exception of our ARS, these investments were highly liquid. Due to the relatively short, weighted-average maturity of our investment portfolio and the current low interest rate environment, our exposure to interest rate risk is minimal.

As of December 31, 2011, all of our outstanding debt has fixed interest rates. Consequently, our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates on reported interest expense and corresponding cash flows is minimal.

We will continue to monitor our exposure to interest rate risk.

Default Risk. We mitigate default risk in our investment portfolio by investing in only high credit quality securities and by constantly positioning our portfolio to respond appropriately to a significant reduction in a credit rating of any investment issuer or guarantor. Our portfolio includes investments in debt and marketable equity securities with active secondary or resale markets to ensure portfolio liquidity. We are averse to principal loss and strive to preserve our invested funds by limiting default risk and market risk.

We actively monitor market conditions and developments specific to the securities and security classes in which we invest. We believe that we take a conservative approach to investing our funds in that we invest only in highly-rated debt securities with relatively short maturities and do not invest in securities we believe involve a higher degree of risk. As of December 31, 2011, substantially all of our investments in debt securities were A rated by at least one of the rating agencies. While we believe we take prudent measures to mitigate investment related risks, such risks cannot be fully eliminated as there are circumstances outside of our control. We believe the current credit market difficulties do not have a material impact on our financial position. However, a future degradation in credit market conditions could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

As a result of the uncertainties in the credit markets, all of our ARS were negatively affected and auctions for these securities failed to settle on their respective settlement dates since February 2008. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $38 million of investments in ARS. See “Part II, Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report for further information.

The following table presents the cost basis, fair value and related weighted-average interest rates by year of maturity for our investment portfolio and debt obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

      2012     2013     2014      2015     2016      Thereafter     Total     2011
Fair Value
 
     (In millions, except for percentages)  

Investment Portfolio

                  

Cash equivalents:

                  

Fixed rate amounts

   $ 1      $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —        $ 1      $ 1   

Weighted-average rate

     0.51     —          —           —          —           —          0.51  

Variable rate amounts

   $ 738      $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —        $ 738      $ 738   

Weighted-average rate

     0.09     —          —           —          —           —          0.09  

Marketable securities

                  

Fixed rate amounts

   $ 858      $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —        $ 858      $ 858   

Weighted-average rate

     0.49     —          —           —          —           —          0.49  

Variable rate amounts

   $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ 45      $ 45      $ 38   

Weighted-average rate

     —          —          —           —          —           1.88     1.88  

Long-term investments:

                  

Fixed rate amounts

   $ 7      $ 133      $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —        $ 140      $ 140   

Weighted-average rate

     0.85     1.08     —           —          —           —          1.02  

Variable rate amounts

   $ 19      $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —        $ 19      $ 19   

Weighted-average rate

     0.13     —          —           —          —           —          0.13        

Total Investment Portfolio

   $ 1,623      $ 133     $ —         $ —        $ —         $ 45      $ 1,801      $ 1,794   

Debt Obligations

                  

Fixed rate amounts

   $ 485      $ —        $ —         $ 546     $ —         $ 959      $ 1,990      $ 2,109   

Weighted-average rate

     5.75     —          —           8.00     —           8.82     7.86     7.30

Total Debt Obligations

   $ 485      $ —        $ —         $ 546      $ —         $ 959      $ 1,990      $ 2,109   

 

52


Table of Contents

Foreign Exchange Risk. As a result of our foreign operations, we incur costs and we carry assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar, while sales of products are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. Prior to the deconsolidation of GF in 2009, we also incurred cost and carried assets and liabilities that were denominated primarily in the Euro.

We maintain a foreign currency hedging strategy, which uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate the risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. This strategy takes into consideration all of our exposures. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

In applying our strategy, from time to time, we use foreign currency forward contracts to hedge certain forecasted expenses denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar. We designate these contracts as cash flow hedges of forecasted expenses, to the extent eligible under the accounting rules, and evaluate hedge effectiveness prospectively and retrospectively. As such, the effective portion of the gain or loss on these contracts is reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified to earnings in the same line item as the associated forecasted transaction and in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Any ineffective portion is immediately recorded in earnings.

During the first quarter of 2011, we reassessed our hedging needs related to our Euro foreign exchange contracts and liquidated our Euro currency forward contracts. As a result, during 2011, we recorded a gain of $6 million in other income (expense), net, in our consolidated statement of operations. We may economically hedge any material Euro exposure by entering into Euro currency forward contracts we identify in the future.

We also use, from time to time, foreign currency forward contracts to economically hedge recognized foreign currency exposures on the balance sheets of various subsidiaries, primarily those denominated in Canadian dollars. We do not designate these forward contracts as hedging instruments. Accordingly, the gain or loss associated with these contracts is immediately recorded in earnings.

The following table provides information about our foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010. All of our foreign currency forward contracts mature within 12 months.

 

      December 31, 2011     December 25, 2010  
      Notional
Amount
     Average
Contract
Rate
     Estimated
Fair Value
Gain (Loss)
    Notional
Amount
     Average
Contract
Rate
     Estimated
Fair Value
Gain (Loss)
 
     (In millions except contract rates)  

Foreign currency forward contracts:

                

Canadian Dollar

   $ 141         1.0067       $ (2   $ 155         1.0176       $ 1   

Euro

     —           —           —          147         1.3486         (4

Total

   $ 141                $ (2   $ 302                $ (3

 

53


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

      Year Ended  
     

December 31,

2011

    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 
     (In millions, except per share amounts)  

Net revenue

   $ 6,568      $ 6,494      $ 5,403   

Cost of sales

     3,628        3,533        3,131   

Gross margin

     2,940        2,961        2,272   

Research and development

     1,453        1,405        1,721   

Marketing, general and administrative

     992        934        994   

Legal settlement

     —          (283     (1,242

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     29        61        70   

Restructuring charges (reversals), net

     98        (4     65   

Operating income

     368        848        664   

Interest income

     10        11        16   

Interest expense

     (180     (199     (438

Other income (expense), net

     (199     311        166   

Income (loss) before equity income (loss) and dilution gain in investees and income taxes

     (1     971        408   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (4     38        112   

Equity income (loss) and dilution gain in investee, net

     492        (462     —     

Income from continuing operations

     495        471        296   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (4     —          (3

Net income

     491        471        293   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —          —          83   

Class B preferred accretion

     —          —          (72

Net income attributable to AMD common stockholders

   $ 491      $ 471      $ 304   

Net income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders per common share

      

Basic

      

Continuing operations

   $ 0.68      $ 0.66      $ 0.46   

Discontinued operations

     (0.01     —          —     

Basic net income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders per common share

   $ 0.68      $ 0.66      $ 0.46   

Diluted

      

Continuing operations

   $ 0.67      $ 0.64      $ 0.45   

Discontinued operations

     (0.01     —          —     

Diluted net income attributable to AMD common stockholders per common share

   $ 0.66      $ 0.64      $ 0.45   

Shares used in per share calculation

      

Basic

     727        711        673   

Diluted

     742        733        678   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     

December 31,

2011

    December 25,
2010
 
     (In millions, except par value
amounts)
 
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 869      $ 606   

Marketable securities

     896        1,183   

Total cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities

     1,765        1,789   

Accounts receivable, net

     919        968   

Inventories, net

     476        632   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     69        205   

Total current assets

     3,229        3,594   

Long-term marketable securities

     149        —     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     726        700   

Investment in GLOBALFOUNDRIES

     278        —     

Goodwill

     323        323   

Other assets

     249        347   

Total assets

   $ 4,954      $ 4,964   
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 363      $ 376   

Accounts payable to GLOBALFOUNDRIES

     177        205   

Accrued liabilities

     550        698   

Deferred income on shipments to distributors

     123        143   

Other short-term obligations

     —          229   

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     489        4   

Other current liabilities

     72        19   

Total current liabilities

     1,774        1,674   

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion

     1,527        2,188   

Other long-term liabilities

     63        89   

Commitments and contingencies (see Notes 16 and 17)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Capital stock:

    

Common stock, par value $0.01; 1,500 shares authorized on December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010; shares issued: 706 shares on December 31, 2011 and 691 on December 25, 2010; shares outstanding: 698 shares on December 31, 2011 and 683 on December 25, 2010

     7        7   

Additional paid-in capital

     6,672        6,575   

Treasury stock, at cost (9 shares on December 31, 2011 and 8 shares on December 25, 2010)

     (107     (102

Accumulated deficit

     (4,977     (5,468

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (5     1   

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,590        1,013   

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 4,954      $ 4,964   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Three Years Ended December 31, 2011

(In millions)

 

    

Number

of

shares

    Amount    

Additional

paid-in

capital

   

Treasury

stock

   

Accumulated

deficit

   

Accumulated

other

comprehensive

income (loss)

   

Total

stockholders’

equity

 

December 27, 2008

    609      $ 6      $ 6,354      $ (97   $ (6,244   $ 108      $ 127   

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income attributable to AMD common stockholders

    —          —          —          —          304        —          304   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Net change in unrealized gain on investments, net of
taxes of $0

    —          —          —          —          —          14        14   

Net change in unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of taxes of $0

    —          —          —          —          —          (1     (1

Reclassification adjustment for loss included in earnings, net of taxes of $0

    —          —          —          —          —          29        29   

Minimum pension liability

    —          —          —          —          —          4        4   
             

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

                46   
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                350   
             

 

 

 

Employee stock plans

    4        —          2        (1     —          —          1   

Compensation recognized under employee stock plans

    —          —          75        —          —          —          75   

Common stock and warrants issued, net of issuance cost

    58        1        124        —          —          —          125   

Adjustment to equity component of the 6.00% Notes resulting from debt buyback

    —          —          (27     —          —          —          (27

Others

    —          —          (4     —          1        —          (3

December 26, 2009

    671        7        6,524        (98     (5,939     154        648   

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income attributable to AMD common stockholders

    —          —          —          —          471        —          471   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Net change in unrealized gain on investments, net of
taxes of $0

    —          —          —          —          —          (16     (16

Net change in unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of taxes of $0

    —          —          —          —          —          4        4   

Reclassification adjustment for loss included in earnings, net of taxes of $0

    —          —          —          —          —          1        1   

Net change in cumulative translation adjustments
related to GF

    —          —          —          —          —          (142     (142
             

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

                (153
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                318   
             

 

 

 

Employee stock plans

    5        —          15        (4     —          —          11   

Compensation recognized under employee stock plans

    —          —          87        —          —          —          87   

Common stock and warrants issued, net of issuance cost

    7        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Adjustment to equity component of the 6.00% Notes resulting from debt buyback

    —          —          (57     —          —          —          (57

Others

    —          —          6        —          —          —          6   

December 25, 2010

    683        7        6,575        (102     (5,468     1        1,013   

 

56


Table of Contents

 

    

Number

of

shares

    Amount    

Additional

paid-in

capital

   

Treasury

stock

   

Accumulated

deficit

   

Accumulated

other

comprehensive

income (loss)

   

Total

stockholders’

equity

 

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income attributable to AMD common stockholders

    —          —          —          —          491        —          491   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Net change in unrealized gain on investments, net of
taxes of $0

    —          —          —          —          —          1        1   

Net change in unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of taxes of $0

    —          —          —          —          —          (8     (8

Net change in cumulative translation adjustments
related to GF

    —          —          —          —          —          1        1   
             

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

                (6
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                485   
             

 

 

 

Employee stock plans

    15        —          18        (5     —          —          13   

Compensation recognized under employee stock plans

    —          —          90        —          —          —          90   

Adjustment to equity component of the 6.00% Notes resulting from debt buyback

    —          —          (9     —          —          —          (9

Others

    —          —          (2 )     —          —          —          (2

December 31, 2011

    698      $ 7      $ 6,672      $ (107   $ (4,977   $ (5   $ 1,590   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

      Year Ended  
      December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 
     (In millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 491      $ 471      $ 293   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Equity in net (gain) loss of investee

     (492     462        —     

Gain on deconsolidation of GLOBALFOUNDRIES

     —          (325     —     

Impairment related to the GLOBALFOUNDRIES investment

     209        —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

     317        383        1,128   

Deferred income taxes

     (6     (5     130   

Amortization of foreign grant and allowance income

     (1     (16     (110

Compensation recognized under employee stock plans

     90        87        75   

Non-cash interest expense

     21        30        121   

Net gain on sale of marketable securities

     (4     (17     —     

Net (gain) loss on debt redemption

     6        24        (169

Other

     3        (11     44   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (347     (1,138     (960

Inventories

     157        (144     89   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     115        (97     (17

Other assets

     (1     11        (18

Accounts payables, accrued liabilities and other

     (148     (182     (133

Accounts payable to GLOBALFOUNDRIES

     (28     55        —     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     382        (412     473   

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

     (1,586     (1,800     (1,486

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (250     (148     (466

Cash decrease due to deconsolidation of GLOBALFOUNDRIES

     —          (904     —     

Proceeds from sale of certain Handheld assets

     —          —          58   

Proceeds from sale and maturity of available-for-sale securities

     1,726        1,640        603   

Proceeds from sale and maturity of trading securities

     —          69        14   

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     16        1        —     

Other

     (19     19        4   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (113     (1,123     (1,273

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of GLOBALFOUNDRIES convertible notes

     —          —          1,269   

Proceeds from issuance of preferred securities of GLOBALFOUNDRIES

     —          —          1,091   

Proceeds from borrowings, net of issuance cost

     170        1,520        1,060   

Proceeds from issuance of AMD common stock

     18        15        125   

Net proceeds from foreign grants and allowances

     20        19        55   

Repurchase of noncontrolling interest

     —          —          (158

Repayments of debt and capital lease obligations

     (209     (1,074     (1,820

Payments on return of noncontrolling interest contributions

     —          —          (67

Payments under silent partner obligation

     —          —          (32

Other

     (5     4        1   

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (6     484        1,524   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     263        (1,051     724   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     606        1,657        933   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 869      $ 606      $ 1,657   

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 152      $ 164      $ 319   

Income taxes

   $ 9      $ 12      $ 14   

Non-cash financing activities:

      

Capital leases

   $ —        $ —        $ 36   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

NOTE 1: Nature of Operations

Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. (the Company or AMD) is a global semiconductor company with facilities throughout the world. References herein to the “Company” means AMD and its subsidiaries, and for 2009 also includes GLOBALFOUNDRIES (GF) and its subsidiaries. The Company provides:

 

  (i) x86 microprocessors, as standalone devices or as incorporated as an accelerated processing unit (APU), for the commercial and consumer markets, embedded microprocessors for commercial, commercial client and consumer markets and chipsets for desktop and mobile devices, including mobile PCs and tablets, professional workstations and servers; and

 

  (ii) graphics, video and multimedia products for desktop and mobile devices, including mobile PCs and tablets, home media PCs and professional workstations, servers and technology for game consoles.

NOTE 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Fiscal Year. The Company uses a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday in December. Fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively. Fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 consisted of 53, 52 and 52 weeks, respectively.

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the Company’s accounts and those of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Upon consolidation, all significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated, and amounts pertaining to the noncontrolling ownership interests held by third parties in the operating results and financial position of the Company’s subsidiaries are reported as noncontrolling interest.

In the beginning of 2010, the Company concluded that it is no longer the primary beneficiary of GF. Accordingly, it ceased consolidating the results of operations and financial position of GF and started accounting for GF under the equity method of accounting. Subsequently, in the beginning of 2011, the Company changed the method of accounting for its investment in GF from the equity method to the cost method of accounting. (See Note 3).

Therefore, users of the Company’s financial statements should consider the effect of the deconsolidation and further the change to the cost method of accounting when comparing 2011 to prior periods.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of commitments and contingencies at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results are likely to differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the financial statements. Areas where management uses subjective judgment include, but are not limited to, revenue allowances, inventory valuation, valuation of goodwill and acquisition-related intangible assets, impairment of long-lived assets, including goodwill and acquisition-related intangible assets, valuation of investments in marketable securities and deferred income taxes.

Revenue Recognition. The Company recognizes revenue from products sold directly to customers, including original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, delivery has occurred and collectibility is reasonably assured. Estimates of product returns, allowances and future price reductions, based on actual historical experience and other known or anticipated trends and factors, are recorded at the time revenue is recognized. The Company sells to distributors under terms allowing the majority of distributors certain rights of return and price protection on unsold merchandise held by them. The distributor agreements, which may be cancelled by either party upon specified notice, generally contain a provision for the return of those of the Company’s products that the Company has removed from its price book or that are not more than twelve months older than the manufacturing code date. In addition, some agreements with distributors may contain standard stock rotation provisions permitting limited levels of product returns. Therefore the Company is unable to estimate the product returns and pricing when the product is sold to the distributors. Accordingly, the Company defers the gross margin resulting from the deferral of both revenue and related product costs from sales to distributors with agreements that have the aforementioned terms until the merchandise is resold by the distributors and reports such deferred amounts as “Deferred income on shipments to distributors” on its consolidated balance sheet. Products are sold to distributors at standard published prices that are contained in price books that are broadly provided to the Company’s various distributors. Distributors are then required to pay for these products within the Company’s standard commercial terms, which are typically net 30 days. The Company records allowances for price protection given to distributors and customer rebates in the period of distributor re-sale. The Company determines these allowances based on specific contractual terms with its distributors. Price reductions generally do not result in sales prices that are less than the Company’s product cost. Deferred income on shipments to distributors is revalued at the end of each period based on the change in inventory units at distributors, latest published prices, and latest product costs.

 

59


Table of Contents

The Company also sells its products to distributors under sales arrangements whose terms do not allow for rights of return or price protection on unsold products held by them. In these instances, the Company recognizes revenue when it ships the product directly to the distributors.

The Company records estimated reductions to revenue under distributor and customer incentive programs, including certain cooperative advertising and marketing promotions and volume based incentives and special pricing arrangements, at the time the related revenues are recognized. For transactions where the Company reimburses a customer for a portion of the customer’s cost to perform specific product advertising or marketing and promotional activities, such amounts are recorded as a reduction of revenue unless they qualify for expense recognition. Shipping and handling costs associated with product sales are included in cost of sales.

Deferred revenue and related product costs were as follows:

 

     

December 31,

2011

   

December 25,

2010

 
     (In millions)  

Deferred revenue

   $ 202      $ 254   

Deferred cost of sales

     (79     (111

Deferred income on shipments to distributors

   $ 123      $ 143   

Inventories. Inventories are stated at standard cost adjusted to approximate the lower of actual cost (first-in, first-out method) or market (net realizable value). Inventories on hand in excess of forecasted demand are not valued. Obsolete inventories are written off.

Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment present. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment analysis as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The Company evaluates whether goodwill has been impaired at the reporting unit level by first determining whether the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value and, if so, by determining whether the implied fair value of goodwill within the reporting unit is less than the carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined through the application of one or more valuation models common to our industry, including the income, market and cost approaches.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets including Acquired Intangible Assets. For long-lived assets other than goodwill, the Company evaluates whether impairment losses have occurred when events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets might not be recoverable. The Company assesses recoverability by determining whether the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amounts of those assets. If less, the impairment losses are based on the excess of the carrying amounts of these assets over their respective fair values. Their fair values would then become the new cost basis. Fair value is determined through discounted future cash flows, appraisals or other methods. For assets held for sale, impairment losses are measured at the lower of the carrying amount of the assets or the fair value of the assets less costs to sell. For assets to be disposed of other than by sale, impairment losses are measured as their carrying amount less salvage value, if any, at the time the assets cease to be used.

Commitments and Contingencies. From time to time the Company is a defendant or plaintiff in various legal actions that arise in the normal course of business. The Company is also a party to environmental matters, including local, regional, state and federal government clean-up activities at or near locations where the Company currently or has in the past conducted business. The Company is required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters as well as potential ranges of reasonably possible losses. A determination of the amount of reserves required for these commitments and contingencies, if any, that would be charged to earnings, includes assessing the probability of adverse outcomes and estimating the amount of potential losses. The required reserves, if any, may change in the future due to new developments in each matter or changes in circumstances such as a change in settlement strategy. Changes in required reserves could increase or decrease the Company’s earnings in the period the changes are made. (See Notes 16 and 17).

Restructuring Charges. The Company records restructuring charges in accordance with ASC 420, Exit and Disposal Cost Obligations (Topic 420). Restructuring charges are primarily comprised of severance costs, contract and program termination costs and costs of facility consolidation and closure. Restructuring charges are recorded upon approval of a formal management plan and are included in the operating results of the period in which such plan has been approved. To estimate restructuring charges, management utilizes assumptions of the number of employees that would be involuntarily terminated and of future costs to operate and eventually vacate duplicate facilities. Estimated restructuring expenses may change as management executes the approved plan.

 

60


Table of Contents

Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of financial instruments that are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase.

Investments in Certain Debt and Equity Securities. The Company classifies its investments in debt and marketable equity securities at the date of acquisition as either held to maturity, available-for-sale or trading securities. Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Unrealized holding gains and losses are not reported in the financial statements until realized or until a decline in fair value below cost is deemed to be other-than-temporary. Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value with the related unrealized gains and losses included, net of tax, in other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses and declines in the value of available-for-sale securities determined to be other than temporary are included in other income (expense), net. Trading securities are reported at fair value with changes in the related unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. The cost of securities sold is determined based on the specific identification method.

The Company classifies investments in debt securities with maturity of more than three months at the time of purchase as marketable securities on its consolidated balance sheets. Classification of these securities as current versus long-term depends on whether the Company has the intent and ability to sell these securities within 12 months

Derivative Financial Instruments. The Company maintains a foreign currency hedging strategy, which uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate the risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. This strategy takes into consideration all of the Company’s consolidated exposures. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

In applying its strategy, the Company used foreign currency forward contracts to hedge certain forecasted expenses denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar. The Company designated these contracts as cash flow hedges of forecasted expenses, to the extent eligible under the accounting rules, and evaluates hedge effectiveness prospectively and retrospectively. As such, the effective portion of the gain or loss on these contracts is reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified to earnings in the same line item as the associated forecasted transaction and in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Any ineffective portion is immediately recorded in earnings.

During the first quarter of 2011, the Company reassessed its hedging needs related to its Euro foreign exchange exposure and liquidated its Euro currency forward contracts. The Company may economically hedge any material Euro exposure it identifies in the future by entering into Euro currency forward contracts.

The Company also uses, from time to time, foreign currency forward contracts to economically hedge recognized foreign currency exposures on the balance sheets of various subsidiaries, primarily those denominated in Canadian dollars. The Company does not designate these forward contracts as hedging instruments. Accordingly, the gain or loss associated with these contracts is immediately recorded in earnings.

Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets for financial reporting purposes. Estimated useful lives for financial reporting purposes are as follows: equipment, two to six years; buildings and building improvements, up to 39 years; and leasehold improvements, measured by the shorter of the remaining terms of the leases or the estimated economic useful lives of the improvements.

Product Warranties. The Company generally warrants that its products sold to its customers will conform to the Company’s approved specifications and be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for one year. Subject to certain exceptions, the Company also offers a three-year limited warranty to end users for only those CPU and AMD A-Series APU products that are commonly referred to as “processors in a box” and has also offered extended limited warranties to certain customers of “tray” microprocessor products and/or workstation graphics products who have written agreements with the Company and target their computer systems at the commercial and/or embedded markets.

The Company accrues warranty costs at the time of sale of warranted products.

Foreign Currency Translation/Transactions. The functional currency of all of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. dollars have been remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities and historical exchange rates for non-monetary assets and liabilities. Non-U.S. dollar denominated transactions have been remeasured at average exchange rates in effect during each period, except for those cost of sales and expense transactions related to non-monetary balance sheet amounts, which have been remeasured at historical exchange rates. The gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement are included in earnings.

 

61


Table of Contents

Foreign Subsidies. The Company received investment grants in connection with the construction and operation of certain facilities in Asia. Generally, such grants are subject to forfeiture in declining amounts over the life of the agreement if the Company does not maintain certain levels of employment or meet other conditions specified in the relevant grant documents. Accordingly, amounts granted are initially recorded as a receivable until cash proceeds are received. In the period the grant receivable is recorded, a current and long-term liability is also recorded which is subsequently amortized as a reduction to cost of sales.

The Company also received an investment grant relating to certain research and development projects. These research and development funds are recorded as a reduction of research and development expenses when all conditions and requirements set forth in the underlying grant agreement are met.

Marketing, Communications and Advertising Expenses. Marketing, communications, and advertising expenses for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were approximately $397 million, $380 million and $313 million, respectively. Cooperative advertising funding obligations under customer incentive programs are accrued and the costs are recorded upon agreement with customers and vendor partners. Cooperative advertising expenses are recorded as marketing, general and administrative expense to the extent the cash paid does not exceed the fair value of the advertising benefit received. Any excess of cash paid over the fair value of the advertising benefit received is recorded as a reduction of revenue.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share. Basic net income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and 35 million common shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued by the Company to West Coast Hitech L.P. (WCH), in connection with the initial GF transaction in 2009. The warrants became exercisable on July 24, 2009.

Diluted net income attributable to AMD common stockholders per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus any potentially dilutive common shares outstanding. Potentially dilutive common shares include stock options, restricted stock units and shares issuable upon the conversion of convertible debt.

The following table sets forth the components of basic and diluted income attributable to AMD common stockholders per share:

 

      2011     2010      2009  
     (In millions, except per share amounts)  

Numerator—Net income (loss):

       

Numerator for basic and diluted income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders from continuing operations

   $ 495      $ 471       $ 307   

Numerator for basic and diluted income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders from discontinued operations

   $ (4   $ —         $ (3

Denominator—Weighted average common shares:

       

Denominator for basic net income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders per share

     727        711         673   

Effect of potentially dilutive common shares:

       

Employee stock options and restricted stock units

     15        22         5   

Denominator for diluted net income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders per share

     742        733         678   

Net income (loss) attributable to AMD common stockholders per common share:

       

Basic

       

Continuing operations

   $ 0.68      $ 0.66       $ 0.46   

Discontinued operations

     (0.01     —           —     

Basic net income attributable to AMD common stockholders per share

   $ 0.68      $ 0.66       $ 0.46   

Diluted

       

Continuing operations

   $ 0.67      $ 0.64       $ 0.45   

Discontinued operations

     (0.01     —           —     

Diluted net income attributable to AMD common stockholders per share

   $ 0.66      $ 0.64       $ 0.45   

 

62


Table of Contents

Potential common shares (i) from outstanding stock options and restricted stock units totaling approximately 33 million, 17 million and 43 million, and (ii) issuable under the Company’s 5.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012 (5.75% Notes) totaling 24 million, 24 million and 73 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively, were not included in the net income (loss) per share calculations as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss). Unrealized holding gains or losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities, unrealized holding gains and losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges, changes in minimum pension liabilities, and foreign currency translation adjustments are included in other comprehensive income (loss).

The following are the components of accumulated other comprehensive income:

 

      2011     2010  
     (In millions)  

Net unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes of $0 in 2011 and 2010.

   $ —        $ (1

Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of taxes of $0 in 2011 and 2010.

     (5     3   

Cumulative translation adjustments

     —          (1
     $ (5   $ 1   

Stock-Based Compensation. The Company estimates stock-based compensation cost for stock options at the grant date based on the award’s fair-value as calculated by the lattice-binomial option-pricing model. For restricted stock units, fair value is based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The expense is recognized using the single option method which is ratable on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

The application of the lattice-binomial option-pricing model requires the use of extensive actual employee exercise behavior data and the use of a number of complex assumptions including expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. Significant changes in any of these assumptions could materially affect the fair value of stock options granted in the future.

Forfeiture rates are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates in order to derive the Company’s best estimate of awards ultimately expected to vest.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs, which amends the fair value measurement guidance and includes some enhanced disclosure requirements. The most significant change in disclosures is an expansion of the information required for Level 3 measurements based on unobservable inputs. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2012. The adoption of this standard will not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which requires disclosure of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. In December 2011, the FASB has issued ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), that deferred the requirement to separately present within net income reclassification adjustments of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company adopted this standard during the first quarter of 2012. The adoption of this standard will only impact the presentation format of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)—Testing Goodwill for Impairment (revised topic). The revised standard is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the annual goodwill impairment test by providing entities an option to perform a “qualitative” assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The revised standard is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this standard during the first quarter of 2012. The adoption of this standard will not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

NOTE 3: GLOBALFOUNDRIES

Formation and Accounting in 2009

On March 2, 2009, the Company consummated the transactions contemplated by the Master Transaction Agreement among the Company, Advanced Technology Investment Company LLC (ATIC), a limited liability company established under the laws of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and wholly owned by the Government of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi, and WCH, acting through its general partner, West Coast Hitech G.P., Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to which the Company formed GF. At the closing of these transactions (Closing), the Company contributed certain assets and liabilities to GF, including, among other things, shares of the groups of German subsidiaries owning Fab 1 Module 1 (formerly Fab 36) and Fab 1 Module 2 (formerly Fab 30/38) (Dresden Subsidiaries), certain manufacturing assets, real property, tangible personal property, employees, inventories, books and records, a portion of the Company’s patent portfolio, intellectual property and technology, rights under certain material contracts and authorizations necessary for GF to carry on its business. In exchange, the Company received GF securities consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share, 1,090,950 Class A Preferred Shares and 700,000 Class B Preferred Shares, and the assumption of certain liabilities by GF. ATIC contributed $1.4 billion of cash to GF in exchange for GF securities consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share, 218,190 Class A Preferred Shares, 172,760 Class B Preferred Shares, $202 million aggregate principal amount of 4% Class A Subordinated Convertible Notes (the Class A Notes) and $807 million aggregate principal amount of 11% Class B Subordinated Convertible Notes (the Class B Notes), and transferred $700 million of cash to the Company in exchange for the transfer by the Company of 700,000 GF Class B Preferred Shares.

At the Closing, the Company also issued to WCH, for an aggregate purchase price of $125 million, 58 million shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase 35 million shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share (the Warrants). The Warrants are currently exercisable and expire on March 2, 2019. The shares issuable under these Warrants have been included in the Company’s basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) calculation since the third quarter of 2009 when the Warrants became exercisable. The Company classifies the Warrants as permanent equity in the consolidated balance sheet.

Under the Master Transaction Agreement, the cash consideration that WCH and ATIC paid and the securities that they received are as follows:

 

   

Cash paid by WCH to AMD for the purchase of 58 million shares of AMD common stock and Warrants: $125 million;

 

   

Cash paid by ATIC to GF for the aggregate principal amount of Class A Notes, which are convertible into 201,810 Class A Preferred Shares: $202 million;

 

   

Cash paid by ATIC to GF for the aggregate principal amount of Class B Notes, which are convertible into 807,240 Class B Preferred Shares: $807 million;

 

   

Cash paid by ATIC to GF for 218,190 Class A Preferred Shares: $218 million;

 

   

Cash paid by ATIC to GF for 172,760 Class B Preferred Shares: $173 million; and

 

   

Cash paid by ATIC to AMD for 700,000 Class B Preferred Shares: $700 million.

At the Closing, the Company and ATIC owned 1,090,950, or 83%, and 218,190, or 17%, respectively, of Class A Preferred Shares, and ATIC owned 100% of the Class B Preferred Shares and 100% of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes.

In November 2009, upon the settlement of the Intel litigation (discussed in Note 11) and the execution of a patent cross license agreement between the Company and Intel, the requirements satisfying the Reconciliation Event were met. As a result, GF’s Class A and Class B Preferred Shares vote on an as converted basis with any outstanding GF Ordinary Shares.

 

64


Table of Contents

Class B Preferred Shares. The Class B Preferred Shares rank senior in right of payment to all other classes or series of equity securities of GF for purposes of dividends, distributions and upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of GF (Liquidation Event). Each Class B Preferred Share is deemed to accrete in value at a rate of 12% per year, compounded semiannually, of the initial purchase price per such share. The accreted value accrues daily from the Closing and is taken into account upon certain distributions to the holders of Class B Preferred Shares or upon conversion of the Class B Preferred Shares. Upon a Liquidation Event, each Class B Preferred Share will be entitled to receive, prior to any distribution to the holders of any other classes or series of equity securities, an amount equal to its accreted value. Upon completion of the above distribution to the holders of Class B Preferred Shares, each Class A Preferred Share will be entitled to receive its liquidation preference amount out of any remaining assets of GF. Upon completion of the above distributions to the holders of Preferred Shares, all of the remaining assets of GF, if any, will be distributed pro rata among the holders of Ordinary Shares. Each Class B Preferred Share is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into Class B Ordinary Shares at the then applicable Class B Conversion Rate (as hereinafter defined) upon a Liquidation Event. Each Class B Preferred Share automatically converts into Class B Ordinary Shares at the then applicable Class B Conversion Rate upon the earlier of (i) an initial public offering of GF (IPO) or (ii) a change of control transaction of GF. The initial “Class B Conversion Rate” is 100 Class B Ordinary Shares for each Class B Preferred Share converted, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. As a result of the Reconciliation Event (discussed above), each Class B Preferred Share now votes on an as-converted basis with the Ordinary Shares, voting together as a single class, with respect to any question upon which holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to vote.

Class A Preferred Shares. The Class A Preferred Shares rank senior in right of payment to the Ordinary Shares of GF and junior in right of payment to the Class B Preferred Shares for purposes of dividends, distributions and upon a Liquidation Event. The Class A Preferred Shares are not entitled to any dividend or pre-determined accretion in value. Upon a Liquidation Event, each Class A Preferred Share will be entitled to receive, after the distribution to the holders of the Class B Preferred Shares but prior to any distribution to the holders of Ordinary Shares, out of the remaining assets of GF, if any, an amount equal to the initial purchase price per share of the Class A Preferred Shares. Each Class A Preferred Share is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into Class B Ordinary Shares at the then applicable Class A Conversion Rate upon a Liquidation Event. Each Class A Preferred Share will automatically convert into Class B Ordinary Shares at the then applicable Class A Conversion Rate upon the earlier of (i) an IPO or (ii) a change of control transaction of GF. The initial “Class A Conversion Rate” is 100 Class B Ordinary Shares for each Class A Preferred Share converted, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. As a result of the Reconciliation Event (discussed above), each Class A Preferred Share now votes on an as-converted basis with the Ordinary Shares, voting together as a single class, with respect to any question upon which holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to vote.

Class A Subordinated Convertible Notes. The Class A Notes accrue interest at a rate of 4% per annum, compounded semiannually, and mature ten years from the date of issuance. Interest on the Class A Notes is payable semiannually in additional Class A Notes. The Class A Notes are the unsecured obligations of GF and rank subordinated in right of payment to any current or future senior indebtedness of GF. The Class A Notes are not redeemable by GF without the note holder’s consent. The Class A Notes are convertible, in whole or in part, in multiples of $1,000, into GF Class A Preferred Shares at the option of the holder at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date based on the conversion ratio in effect on the date of conversion. The Class A Notes will automatically convert into Class A Preferred Shares upon the earlier of (i) an IPO, (ii) certain change of control transactions of GF or (iii) the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date.

Class B Subordinated Convertible Notes. The Class B Notes accrue interest at a rate of 11% per annum, compounded semiannually, and mature ten years from the date of issuance. Interest on the Class B Notes is payable semiannually in additional Class B Notes. The Class B Notes are the unsecured obligations of GF and rank subordinated in right of payment to any current or future senior indebtedness of GF. The Class B Notes are not redeemable by GF without the note holder’s consent. The Class B Notes are convertible, in whole or in part, in multiples of $1,000, into GF Class B Preferred Shares at the option of the holder at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date at the conversion ratio in effect on the date of conversion. The Class B Notes will automatically convert into GF Class B Preferred Shares upon the earlier of (i) an IPO, (ii) certain change of control transactions of GF or (iii) the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date.

Based on the structure of the transaction, pursuant to the guidance on accounting for interests in variable interest entities, during 2009, GF was considered to be a variable interest entity of the Company and the Company was deemed to be the primary beneficiary. Therefore, the Company was required to consolidate the accounts of GF from March 2, 2009 through December 26, 2009. For this period, ATIC’s noncontrolling interest, represented by its equity interests in GF, was presented outside of stockholders’ equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet due to ATIC’s right to put those securities back to the Company in the event of a change of control of AMD during the two years following the Closing. The Company’s net income attributable to its common stockholders per share consisted of its consolidated net income, as adjusted for (i) the portion of GF’s losses attributable to ATIC, which was based on ATIC’s proportional ownership interest in GF’s Class A Preferred Shares (17% in 2009), and (ii) the non-cash accretion on GF’s Class B Preferred Shares attributable to the Company, based on its proportional ownership interest of GF’s Class A Preferred Shares (83% in 2009).

 

65


Table of Contents

At the Closing, AMD, ATIC and GF also entered into a Shareholders’ Agreement (the Shareholders’ Agreement), a Funding Agreement (the Funding Agreement), and a Wafer Supply Agreement (the WSA), certain terms of which are summarized below.

Shareholders’ Agreement. The Shareholders’ Agreement sets forth the rights and obligations of AMD and ATIC as shareholders of GF. The initial GF board of directors (GF Board) consisted of eight directors, and AMD and ATIC each designated four directors. After the Reconciliation Event, the number of directors a GF shareholder may designate increases or decreases according to the percentage of GF’s shares it owns on a fully diluted basis. The Company had the right to designate three directors to the GF Board as of December 26, 2009. If a change of control of AMD occurs after the Reconciliation Event, ATIC will have the option to purchase in cash any or all of the GF securities (valued at their fair market value) held by the Company and its permitted transferees, ATIC can require us or the other party to the change in control transaction to assume a pro-rata portion of ATIC’s funding commitment under the Funding Agreement until 2013, and ATIC can require the other party to the change in control transaction to guarantee all of our obligations under the transaction documents.

Funding Agreement. The Funding Agreement provides for the funding of GF and governs the terms and conditions under which ATIC is obligated to provide such funding. Pursuant to the Funding Agreement, ATIC has committed to additional equity funding of a minimum of $3.6 billion and up to $6.0 billion to be provided in phases over five years from the Closing. The aggregate amount of equity funding to be provided by the shareholders in any year depends on the time period of such funding and the amounts set forth in the five-year capital plan of GF. In addition, GF is required to obtain specified third-party debt in any given year, as set forth in its five-year capital plan. To the extent that GF obtains more than the specified amount of third-party debt, ATIC is able to reduce its funding commitment accordingly. The Company has the right, but not the obligation, to provide additional future capital to GF in an amount pro rata to its interest in the fully converted Ordinary Shares of GF. To the extent the Company chooses not to participate in an equity financing of GF, ATIC is obligated to purchase its share of GF securities, subject to ATIC’s funding commitments under the Funding Agreement.

ATIC’s obligations to provide funding are subject to certain conditions, including the accuracy of GF’s representations and warranties in the Funding Agreement, the absence of a material adverse effect on GF or AMD and the absence of a material breach or default by GF or AMD under the provisions of any transaction document. There are additional funding conditions which are set forth in more detail in the Funding Agreement.

During 2009, pursuant to a funding request from GF in accordance with the Funding Agreement, ATIC contributed $260 million of cash to GF in exchange for GF securities consisting of $52 million aggregate principal amount of Class A Notes and $208 million aggregate principal amount of Class B Notes. The Company declined to participate in the funding. As of December 26, 2009, the Company’s ownership interest in GF (on a fully converted to Ordinary Shares basis) was approximately 32%.

Wafer Supply Agreement. The WSA governs the terms by which the Company purchases products manufactured by GF. Pursuant to the WSA, during 2010, the Company purchased substantially all of its microprocessor unit (MPU) product requirements from GF. During 2010, the Company paid GF for wafers on a cost-plus basis. If the Company acquires a third-party business that manufactures MPU products, it will have up to two years to transition the manufacture of such MPU products to GF. In addition, once GF establishes certain specific qualified processes for bulk silicon wafers, the Company will purchase from GF, where competitive, specified percentages of its GPU requirements. At its request, GF will also provide sort services to the Company on a product-by-product basis.

The Company will provide GF with binding product forecasts of its MPU and GPU product requirements. The price for GPU products will be determined by the parties when GF is able to begin manufacturing GPU products for the Company.

The WSA terminates no later than March 2, 2024. GF has agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Company to transition the supply of products to another provider, and to continue to fulfill purchase orders for up to two years following the termination or expiration of the WSA. During the transition period, pricing for microprocessor products will remain as set forth in the WSA, but the Company’s purchase commitments to GF will no longer apply.

 

66


Table of Contents

Governance Changes, Funding and Accounting in 2010

Deconsolidation of GF

On December 18, 2009, ATIC International Investment Company (ATIC II) acquired Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd. (Chartered). On December 28, 2009, with the Company’s consent, ATIC II, Chartered and GF entered into a Management and Operating Agreement (MOA), which provided for the joint management and operation of GF and Chartered, thereby allowing GF and Chartered to share costs, take advantage of operating synergies and market wafer fabrications services on a collective basis. In order to allow for the signing of the MOA on December 28, 2009 prior to obtaining any regulatory approvals, the Company agreed to irrevocably waive rights under the Shareholders Agreement with respect to certain matters that require unanimous GF Board approval. Additionally, if any such matters came before the GF Board, the Company agreed that its designated GF directors will vote in the same manner as the majority of ATIC-designated GF Board members voting on any such matters. As a result of waiving such approval rights, as of December 28, 2009, for financial reporting purposes the Company no longer shared the control with ATIC over GF. Based on its fully diluted ownership interest in GF, the Company had the right to designate two directors to the GF Board of Directors as of December 25, 2010.

In June 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities. This new guidance became effective for the Company beginning the first day of 2010. Under the new guidance, the investor who is deemed to both (i) have the power to direct the activities of the variable interest entity that most significantly impact the variable interest entity’s economic performance and (ii) be exposed to losses and returns will be the primary beneficiary who should then consolidate the variable interest entity. The Company evaluated whether the governance changes described above would, pursuant to the new guidance, affect its consolidation of GF. The Company considered the purpose and design of GF, the activities of GF that most significantly affect the economic performance of GF and the concept of “who has the power,” as contemplated by the new guidance. Based on the results of this evaluation and in light of the governance changes whereby the Company believes it only had protective rights relative to the operations of GF, the Company concluded that the other investor in GF, ATIC, is the party who has the power to direct the activities of GF that most significantly impact GF’s performance and is, therefore, the primary beneficiary of GF. Accordingly, effective as of December 27, 2009, the Company deconsolidated GF and during fiscal 2010 it accounted for its ownership interest in GF under the equity method of accounting. Under the deconsolidation accounting guidelines, the investor’s opening investment is recorded at fair value as of the date of deconsolidation. The difference between this initial fair value of the investment and the net carrying value is recognized as a gain or loss in earnings. During the first quarter of 2010, the Company completed a valuation analysis to determine the initial fair value of its investment in GF. In determining the fair value, the Company used a combination of the income approach and the market approach.

The income approach included the following inputs and assumptions:

 

   

An expectation regarding the growth of GF revenues at a compounded average growth rate;

 

   

A perpetual long-term growth rate; and

 

   

A discount rate that was based on the estimated weighted average cost of capital of GF.

When choosing the appropriate inputs associated with the market approach to apply to GF trailing and projected financial metrics, GF historical and forecasted performance was benchmarked against that of selected comparable companies. The selected multiple ranges were applied to GF trailing and projected financial metrics in order to obtain an indication of the GF business enterprise value on a minority, marketable basis.

Each approach resulted in a business enterprise value that was comparable. The Company equally weighed the business enterprise value of GF provided by each method. Based on the results of this valuation, the Company determined the deconsolidation date fair value of its investment in GF to be $454 million. The Company recognized approximately $325 million, which is the difference between the fair value as of the deconsolidation date and the net carrying value of its investment, as a non-cash gain in other income (expense), net, for the year ended December 25, 2010.

Funding of GF

Pursuant to each GF funding request from the beginning of 2010 through November 17, 2010, the equity securities issued by GF consisted of 20% of Class A Preferred Shares and 80% of Class B Preferred Shares. On November 24, 2010, the Company, ATIC and GF signed a letter agreement regarding future funding of GF. Pursuant to this letter agreement, the parties agreed that the securities to be issued in consideration of any GF funding would consist solely of GF’s Class A Preferred Shares. In addition, the purchase price per Class A Preferred Share would be determined by dividing GF’s net tangible assets (derived from its most recent fiscal year-end audited consolidated balance sheet) by GF’s total number of outstanding preferred shares (assuming the conversion of any outstanding GF Class A subordinated convertible notes into Class A Preferred Shares and Class B subordinated convertible notes into Class B Preferred Shares) as of the date of the balance sheet referred to above and multiplying by 1.10. Prior to the letter agreement, the funding multiple was 0.90.

 

67


Table of Contents

During 2010, ATIC contributed $930 million of cash to GF in exchange for GF securities consisting of 444,313 Class A Preferred shares and 617,695 Class B Preferred shares. The Company did not participate in the fundings. As a result, its ownership interest in GF’s Class A Preferred shares decreased from approximately 83% as of December 26, 2009 to approximately 62% as of December 25, 2010, and the Company’s ownership interest in GF was approximately 23% on a fully diluted basis. These contributions resulted in an aggregate gain on the Company’s ownership interest dilution of $232 million, which was recorded as part of the equity in net loss of investee line item on the consolidated statement of operations.

Equity Method

In applying the equity method of accounting for 2010, the equity in net loss of investee primarily consists of the Company’s proportionate share of GF’s losses for the period based on the Company’s ownership percentage of GF’s Class A Preferred Shares, the Company’s portion of the non-cash accretion on GF’s Class B Preferred Shares, the elimination of intercompany profit, reflecting the mark-up on inventory that remains on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at the end of the period, the amortization of basis differences identified from the purchase price allocation process based on the fair value of GF upon deconsolidation, and, to the extent applicable, the gain or loss on dilution of the Company’s ownership interest as a result of capital infusions into GF by ATIC.

GF consolidated Chartered in 2010 because it was deemed to be the primary beneficiary of Chartered (GLOBALFOUNDRIES Singapore Pte. Ltd. or GFS). For the purposes of the Company’s application of the equity method of accounting, the Company recorded its share of the GF results excluding the results of Chartered because GF did not have an equity ownership interest in Chartered in 2010.

As of December 25, 2010, the Company’s investment in GF was reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheet with a balance of $7 million. This amount primarily reflects the accumulated loss that the Company has recognized in excess of the value of its investment in GF since the Company began accounting for GF under the equity method of accounting. Based on the current structure of the Company’s Wafer Supply Agreement, its guarantee of certain GF indebtedness, its ownership interest in GF and governance relationship with GF, the Company concluded that it was required to continue to record its share of the equity loss in excess of the carrying amount of its investment balance throughout 2010.

Contribution Agreement, Funding and Accounting in 2011; Amended Shareholders’, Funding and Wafer Supply Agreements

GLOBALFOUNDRIES Singapore Pte. Ltd. (GFS, formerly Chartered) Contribution in Fiscal 2011

On December 27, 2010, pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, ATIC II, contributed all of the outstanding Ordinary Shares of GFS to GF in exchange for 2,808,981 newly issued shares of GF Class A Preferred Shares. The issuance of Class A Preferred Shares to ATIC International diluted the Company’s ownership interest in GF from 23% to 14% on a fully diluted basis and from 34% to 18% on a voting basis. As the result of this dilution, during the first quarter of 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized a non-cash gain of approximately $492 million, net of certain transaction related charges, in Equity income (loss) and dilution gain in investee, net. In connection with the Company’s reduced ownership interest in GF, the number of AMD-designated directors on GF’s board decreased from two to one.

In connection with this contribution, the Company amended and restated the Shareholders’ Agreement and the Funding Agreement.

Amended Shareholders’ Agreement

On December 27, 2010, the Company amended the Shareholders’ Agreement. Under the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the agreement, the Company has the right to designate one representative to the GF board of directors, which continues for two years following the date on which the Company’s ownership in GF, on a fully converted to GF ordinary shares basis, falls below 10%. The Company’s ownership in GF, on a fully diluted basis, fell below 10% in September 2011. Therefore, the Company will no longer be able to designate a representative to the GF board of directors in September 2013.

Amended Funding Agreement

On December 27, 2010, the Company amended the Funding Agreement to implement the provisions of the November 24, 2010 letter agreement described above.

Following the GFS contribution and governance changes described above, the Company assessed its ability to exercise significant influence over GF and considered factors such as its representation on GF’s board of directors, participation in GF’s policy-making processes, material intra-entity transactions, interchange of managerial personnel, technological dependency, and the extent of ownership by the Company in relation to ownership by the other shareholders. Based on the results of its assessment, the Company concluded that it no longer had the ability to exercise significant influence over GF. Accordingly, as of the first quarter of 2011, the Company changed its method of accounting for its ownership interest in GF from the equity method to the cost method of accounting.

 

68


Table of Contents

Under the cost method of accounting, the Company no longer recognizes any share of GF’s net income or loss in its consolidated statement of operations. In addition, the Company reviews the carrying value of its investment in GF for impairment at each reporting period. Impairment indicators, among other factors, include significant deterioration in GF’s earnings performance or business prospects, significant changes in the market conditions in which GF operates, and GF’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Funding of GF

During 2011, ATIC contributed $4.4 billion of cash to GF in exchange for GF securities consisting of 4,386,257 Class A Preferred shares. The Company did not participate in the fundings. As a result, its ownership interest in GF’s Class A Preferred shares decreased from approximately 62% as of December 25, 2010, to approximately 12% as of December 31, 2011, and as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s ownership interest in GF was 9% on a fully diluted basis. Since the formation of GF through December 31, 2011, ATIC contributed an aggregate of $5.6 billion of cash to GF in exchange for GF securities.

Impairment of investment in GF

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company identified indicators of impairment, including revised financial projections received from GF. The fair value of the Company’s GF investment was determined by a valuation analysis of GF’s Class A Preferred Shares, utilizing the revised financial projections. The Company concluded the decline in fair value is other than temporary. As a result of the valuation analysis, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $209 million, based on the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the investment as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s investment balance in GF after impairment was $278 million.

Amended Wafer Supply Agreement. Pursuant to the WSA, the Company is required to purchase all of its microprocessor unit and APU product requirements from GF with limited exceptions. The primary effect of the amendment was to change the pricing methodology applicable to wafers delivered in 2011 for the Company’s microprocessors, including APU products. The amendment also modified the Company’s existing commitments regarding the production of certain graphics processing unit (GPU) and chipset products at GF. Pursuant to the amendment, GF has committed to provide the Company with, and the Company has committed to purchase, a fixed number of 45nm and 32nm wafers per quarter in 2011. The Company paid GF a fixed price for 45nm wafers delivered in 2011. The Company’s price for 32nm wafers varied based on the wafer volumes and manufacturing yield of such wafers and was based on good die. In addition, the Company also agreed to pay an additional quarterly amount to GF during 2012 totaling up to $430 million if GF meets specified conditions related to continued availability of 32nm capacity as of the beginning of 2012. Under the current terms of the WSA, in 2012, the Company will compensate GF on a cost plus basis for projected manufacturing capacity that the Company has requested for its microprocessors, including APU products. However, the Company is currently in the process of negotiating a second amendment to the WSA, including the pricing methodology.

The Company currently estimates that it will pay GF approximately $1.5 billion in 2012 for wafer purchases. These 2012 estimated costs are based in part on the Company’s current expectations regarding GF’s manufacturing yields and wafer volumes and the successful conclusion of its negotiations with GF and ATIC related to a second amendment to the WSA, including the pricing methodology. Costs are also impacted by variations in yields and several other factors including its current expectations regarding demand for its products. In addition, the Company estimates that additional purchase obligations in connection with research and development related to GF wafer production will be approximately $71 million in 2012. The Company is not currently able to meaningfully quantify or estimate its purchase obligations to GF beyond 2012, but it expects that its future purchases from GF will continue to be material.

GF continues to be a related party of the Company. The Company’s total expenses related to GF’s wafer manufacturing were $904 million and $1.2 billion in 2011 and 2010, respectively, The Company’s total expenses related to GF’s research and development activities were $79 million and $114 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition, during the first quarter of 2011, the Company incurred a charge of $24 million related to a payment to GF, primarily for certain manufacturing assets of GF, which did not benefit the Company.

 

69


Table of Contents

NOTE 4: Noncontrolling Interest

Leipziger Messe and Fab 36 Beteiligungs GmbH, the original unaffiliated limited partners of AMD Fab 36 KG, made considerable contributions to AMD Fab 36 KG, the entity formed to operate the Company’s former fabrication facility, Fab 36 (which the Company transferred to GF in 2009, as described in Note 3). Leipziger Messe and Fab 36 Beteiligungs’ contributions to AMD Fab 36 KG, pursuant to the terms set forth in the partnership agreements entered into in 2004, were recorded in the Company’s financial statements as a noncontrolling interest, based on their fair value. The contributions were not mandatorily redeemable, but rather were subject to redemption outside of the control of the Company. Each accounting period, the Company increased the carrying value of this noncontrolling interest toward the ultimate redemption value of these contributions by the guaranteed rate of return of between 11% and 13%. In 2009, the Company redeemed the remaining unaffiliated limited partnership interest held by Leipziger Messe for $173 million.

The Company also recorded the contributions made by ATIC in connection with the formation of GF as a noncontrolling interest. The table below reflects the changes in noncontrolling interest.

 

      (In millions)  

Balance at December 27, 2008

   $ 169   

Income attributable to limited partner

     4   

Redemption of unaffiliated limited partnership interest, Leipziger Messe

     (173

ATIC Contribution

  

Class A Preferred Shares

     218   

Class B Preferred Shares

     873   

GF net loss attributed to noncontrolling interest

     (87

Class B preferred share accretion

     72   

Balance at December 26, 2009

     1,076   

Deconsolidation of GF

     (1,076

Balance at December 25, 2010

   $ —     

NOTE 5: Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

Accounts Receivable

 

     

December 31,

2011

   

December 25,

2010

 
     (In millions)  

Accounts receivable

   $ 921      $ 972   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (2     (4

Total accounts receivable, net

   $ 919      $ 968   

Inventory

 

     

December 31,

2011

    

December 25,

2010

 
     (In millions)  

Raw materials

   $ 25       $ 28   

Work in process

     295         441   

Finished goods

     156         163   

Total inventories, net

   $ 476       $ 632   

 

70


Table of Contents

Property, plant and equipment

 

     

December 31,

2011

   

December 25,

2010

 
     (In millions)  

Land and land improvements

   $ 31      $ 31   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     544        540   

Equipment

     1,507        1,479   

Construction in progress

     114        29   
     2,196        2,079   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,470     (1,379

Total property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 726      $ 700   

Depreciation expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $217 million, $256 million and $948 million, respectively.

Accrued liabilities

 

     

December 31,

2011

    

December 25,

2010

 
     (In millions)  

Accrued compensation and benefits

   $ 161       $ 218   

Marketing programs and advertising expenses

     223         245   

Software technology and licenses payable

     20         63   

Other

     146         172   

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 550       $ 698   

NOTE 6: Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The Company recorded goodwill as a result of the ATI acquisition in 2006. The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by segment through December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

     

Computing

Solutions

    Graphics     All Other     Total  
     (In millions)  

Initial goodwill

     161        1,288        745        2,194   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (161     (965     (745     (1,871

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ —        $ 323      $ —        $ 323   

The carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 was $323 million.

Annual Impairment Analyses

In the fourth quarters of 2011 and 2010, the Company conducted its annual impairment tests of goodwill. Based on the results of the Company’s analysis of goodwill, each reporting unit’s fair values exceeded its carrying value by a significant amount, indicating that there was no goodwill impairment.

 

71


Table of Contents

Acquisition-related intangible assets

The balances of acquisition-related intangible assets as of December 31, 2011, were as follows:

 

     

Game

console

royalty

agreements

   

Customer

relationships

   

Trademark

and trade

name

    Total  

Intangible assets, net at December 26, 2009

   $ 54      $ 28      $ 16      $ 98   

Amortization expense

     (29     (27     (5     (61

Intangible assets, net at December 25, 2010

     25        1        11        37   

Amortization expense

     (25     (1     (3     (29

Intangible assets, net at December 31, 2011

   $ —        $ —        $ 8      $ 8   

Accumulated amortization of acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2011 was approximately $540 million.

Estimated future amortization expense related to acquisition-related intangible assets is $4 million in each of 2012 and 2013.

NOTE 7: Financial Instruments

Available-for-sale securities held by the Company as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 were as follows:

 

     

Fair

Value

 
     (In millions)  

December 31, 2011

  

Classified as cash equivalents:

  

Money market funds

   $ 738   

Commercial paper

     1   

Total classified as cash equivalents

   $ 739   

Classified as current marketable securities:

  

Commercial paper

   $ 698   

Time deposits

     160   

Auction rate securities

     38   

Total classified as current marketable securities

   $ 896   

Classified as long-term marketable securities:

  

Money market funds

   $ 9   

Corporate bonds

     140   

Total classified as long-term marketable securities

   $ 149   

Classified as other assets:

  

Money market funds

   $ 10   

Total classified as other assets

   $ 10   

December 25, 2010

  

Classified as cash equivalents:

  

Money market funds

   $ 405   

Commercial paper

     51   

Total classified as cash equivalents

   $ 456   

Classified as marketable securities:

  

Commercial paper

   $ 983   

Time deposits

     135   

Equity securities

     8   

Auction rate securities

     57   

Total classified as marketable securities

   $ 1,183   

Classified as other assets:

  

Money market funds

   $ 29   

Equity securities

     1   

Total classified as other assets

   $ 30   

 

72


Table of Contents

The amortized costs of available-for-sale securities approximates the fair value for the periods presented.

At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had approximately $10 million and $29 million, respectively, of available-for-sale investments in money market funds used as collateral for leased buildings and letter of credit deposits, which were included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company is restricted from accessing these deposits.

The Company realized a gain of approximately $4 million on sales of available-for-sale securities of approximately $29 million during 2011. The gain includes approximately $2 million in other income (expense), net from redemption of auction rate securities (ARS) called at par for $21 million with a net carrying amount of $19 million during 2011. The carrying value of the Company’s remaining ARS holdings as of December 31, 2011 was $38 million (par value $45 million). The Company has the intent and believes it has the ability to sell these securities within the next 12 months. During 2011, the Company invested $149 million in long-term marketable securities, which the Company intends to hold greater than one year, and does not intend to use in current operations.

The Company realized net gains of $16 million on sales of available-for-sale securities during 2010 and realized a $1 million gain from ARS tender activities during 2010.

All contractual maturities of the Company’s available-for-sale marketable debt securities at December 31, 2011 were within one year except those for ARS and certain long-term marketable securities. The Company’s ARS have stated maturities ranging from January 2030 to December 2050. The Company’s long-term marketable securities include corporate bonds and money market funds. The corporate bonds have maximum stated maturities of 2 years, and the Company intends to invest the money market funds into corporate bonds with maturities of greater than a year. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations without call or prepayment penalties.

 

73


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements

Financial instruments measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

 

      Fair value measurement at reporting dates using  
      Total    

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

    

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 
     (In millions)  

December 31, 2011

         

Assets

         

Classified as cash equivalents:

         

Money market funds

   $ 738      $ 738       $ —        $ —     

Commercial paper

     1        —           1        —     

Total classified as cash equivalents

   $ 739      $ 738       $ 1      $ —     

Classified as current marketable securities:

         

Commercial paper

   $ 698      $ —         $ 698      $ —     

Time deposits

     160        —           160        —     

Auction rate securities

     38        —           —          38   

Total classified as current marketable securities

   $ 896      $ —         $ 858      $ 38   

Classified as long-term marketable securities:

         

Money market funds

   $ 9      $ 9       $ —        $ —     

Corporate bonds

     140        —           140        —     

Total classified as long-term marketable securities

   $ 149      $ 9       $ 140      $ —     

Classified as other assets:

         

Money market funds

   $ 10      $ 10       $ —        $ —     

Total classified as other assets

   $ 10      $ 10       $ —        $ —     

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 1,794      $ 757       $ 999      $ 38   

Liabilities

         

Classified as accrued liabilities - Foreign currency derivative contracts

   $ (2   $ —         $ (2   $ —     

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ (2   $ —         $ (2   $ —     

December 25, 2010

         

Assets

         

Classified as cash equivalents:

         

Money market funds

   $ 405      $ 405       $ —        $ —     

Commercial paper

     51        —           51        —     

Total classified as cash equivalents

   $ 456      $ 405       $ 51      $ —     

Classified as marketable securities:

         

Commercial paper

   $ 983      $ —         $ 983      $ —     

Time deposits

     135        —           135        —     

Equity securities

     8        8         —          —     

Auction rate securities

     57        —           —          57   

Total classified as marketable securities

   $ 1,183      $ 8       $ 1,118      $ 57   

Classified as other assets:

         

Money market funds

   $ 29      $ 29       $ —        $ —     

Equity securities

     1        1         —          —     

Total classified as other assets

   $ 30      $ 30       $ —        $ —     

 

74


Table of Contents

 

      Fair value measurement at reporting dates using  
      Total    

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

    

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 
     (In millions)  

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 1,669      $ 443       $ 1,169      $ 57   

Liabilities

         

Classified as accrued liabilities - Foreign currency derivative contracts

   $ (3   $ —         $ (3   $ —     

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ (3   $ —         $ (3   $ —     

With the exception of its long-term debt and investment in GF, the Company carries its financial instruments at fair value. Investments in money market mutual funds, commercial paper, time deposits, marketable equity securities, corporate bonds, and foreign currency derivative contracts are primarily classified within Level 1 or Level 2. This is because such financial instruments are valued primarily using quoted market prices or alternative pricing sources and models utilizing market observable inputs, as provided to the Company by its brokers. The Company’s Level 1 assets are valued using quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

The Company’s Level 2 short-term investments are valued using broker reports that utilize quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments. Brokers gather observable input for all of the Company’s fixed income securities from a variety of industry data providers and other third-party sources. The Company’s Level 2 long-term investments are valued using broker reports that utilize a third party professional pricing service who gathers information from multiple market sources and integrates relevant credit information, observed market movements and sector news into their pricing evaluation. The Company validates, on a sample basis, the derived prices provided by the brokers by comparing their assessment of the fair values of the Level 2 long term investments against the fair values of the portfolio balances of another third-party professional’s pricing services, other than that utilized by the brokers, who use a similar technique as the brokers to derive pricing as described above. The Company’s foreign currency derivative contracts are classified within Level 2 because the valuation inputs are based on quoted prices and market observable data of similar instruments in active markets, such as currency spot and forward rates.

The Company did not have any transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The ARS investments are classified within Level 3 because they are valued using a discounted cash flow model. Some of the inputs to this model are unobservable in the market and are significant.

The continuing uncertainties in the credit markets have affected all of the Company’s ARS investments and auctions for these securities have failed to settle on their respective settlement dates since February 2008. As a result, reliable Level 1 or Level 2 pricing is not available for these ARS. In light of these developments, the Company performs its own discounted cash flow analysis to value these ARS. As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company’s significant inputs and assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model to determine the fair value of its ARS, include interest rate, liquidity and credit discounts and the estimated life of the ARS investments. The outcomes of these activities indicated that the fair value of the ARS remained relatively flat as of December 31, 2011 when compared to the fair value as of December 25, 2010.

The roll-forward of the financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows:

 

     

December 31,

2011

   

December 25,

2010

 
     

Auction

Rate Securities

   

Auction

Rate Securities

   

UBS

Put Option

 
     (In millions)  

Beginning balance

   $ 57      $ 159      $ 2   

Redemption at par

     (21     (98     —     

Gain (loss) included in net income (loss)

     2        3        (2

Change in fair value included in other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          (7     —     

Ending balance

   $ 38      $ 57      $ —     

 

75


Table of Contents

 

Financial Instruments Not Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis. Financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value are measured at fair value quarterly for disclosure purposes. The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments not recorded at fair value are as follows:

 

     

December 31,

2011

    

December 25,

2010

 
     

Carrying

amount

     Estimated
Fair Value
    

Carrying

amount

    

Estimated

Fair Value

 
     (In millions)  

Short-term debt (excluding capital leases)

   $ 485       $ 490       $ —         $ —     

Long-term debt (excluding capital leases)

   $ 1,505       $ 1,619       $ 2,162       $ 2,326   

The fair value of the Company’s short-term debt and long-term debt is estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. The Company believes the fair value of its investment in GF approximates its carrying value (described in Note 3). The fair value of the Company’s accounts receivable, accounts payable and other short-term obligations approximate their carrying value based on existing payment terms.

NOTE 8: Concentrations of Credit and Operation Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of investments in debt securities, trade receivables and derivative financial instruments used in hedging activities.

The Company places its investments with high credit quality financial institutions and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure with any one financial institution. The Company invests in time deposits and certificates of deposit from banks having combined capital, surplus and undistributed profits of not less than $200 million. At the time an investment is made, investments in commercial paper and money market auction rate securities of industrial firms and financial institutions are rated A1, P1 or better. Investments in tax-exempt securities, including municipal notes and bonds, and corporate bonds that are rated A, A2 or better, and investments in repurchase agreements must have securities of the type and quality listed above as collateral.

The Company believes that concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited because a large number of geographically diverse customers make up the Company’s customer base, thus spreading the trade credit risk. Accounts receivable from the Company’s top three customers accounted for approximately 15%, 15% and 14% of the total consolidated accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2011 and 18%, 11%, and 8% of the total consolidated accounts receivable balance as of December 25, 2010. However, the Company does not believe the receivable balance from these customers represents a significant credit risk based on past collection experience. The Company manages its exposure to customer credit risk through credit limits, credit lines, monitoring procedures and credit approvals. Furthermore, the Company performs in-depth credit evaluations of all new customers and, at intervals, for existing customers. From this, the Company may require letters of credit, bank or corporate guarantees or advance payments, if deemed necessary.

The Company’s existing derivative financial instruments are with four large international financial institutions of investment grade credit rating. The Company does not believe that there is significant risk of nonperformance by these counterparties because the Company monitors their credit rating on an ongoing basis. By using derivative instruments, the Company is subject to credit and market risk. If a counterparty fails to fulfill its performance obligations under a derivative contract, the Company’s credit risk will equal the fair value of the derivative instrument. Generally, when the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Company, thus creating a receivable risk for the Company. Based upon certain factors, including a review of the credit default swap rates for the Company’s counterparties, the Company determined its counterparty credit risk to be immaterial. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s obligations under the contracts exceed the counterparties’ obligations by approximately $2 million.

The Company is dependent on certain equipment and materials from a limited number of suppliers and relies on a limited number of foreign companies to supply the majority of certain types of integrated circuit packages for its internal back-end manufacturing operations. Similarly, certain non-proprietary materials or components such as memory, PCBs, substrates and capacitors used in the manufacture of the Company’s graphics products are currently available from only a limited number of sources. Interruption of supply or increased demand in the industry could cause shortages and price increases in various essential materials. If the Company or its third party manufacturing suppliers are unable to procure certain of these materials, or its foundries are unable to procure materials for manufacturing its products, its business would be materially adversely affected.

 

76


Table of Contents

NOTE 9: Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of:

 

      2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Current:

      

U.S. Federal

   $ (3   $ (4   $ (4

U.S. State and Local

     1        —          1   

Foreign National and Local

     4        47        (13

Total

   $ 2      $ 43      $ (16

Deferred:

      

Foreign National and Local

     (6     (5     128   

Total

   $ (6   $ (5   $ 128   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ (4   $ 38      $ 112   

Income (loss) before income taxes consists of the following:

 

      2011      2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

U.S.

   $ 318       $ 987      $ 1,472   

Foreign

     173         (478     (1,064

Total pre-tax income

   $ 491       $ 509      $ 408   

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of tax carryovers and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the balances for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 are as follows:

 

     

December 31,

2011

   

December 25,

2010

 
     (In millions)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryovers

   $ 991      $ 948   

Deferred distributor income

     63        60   

Inventory valuation

     25        31   

Accrued expenses not currently deductible

     111        88   

Acquired intangibles

     427        460   

Tax deductible goodwill

     375        427   

Investments

     —          157   

Federal and state tax credit carryovers

     358        348   

Foreign capitalized research and development costs

     85        49   

Foreign research and development ITC credits

     272        265   

Discount of convertible notes

     59        126   

Other

     275        289   

Total deferred tax assets

     3,041        3,248   

Less: valuation allowance

     (2,978     (3,223
       63        25   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Capitalized interest

     (1     (4

Acquired intangibles

     —          (1

Investments

     (31     —     

Other

     (17     (7

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (49     (12

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 14      $ 13   

 

77


Table of Contents

The breakdown between current and long-term deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 is as follows:

 

     

December 31,

2011

    

December 25,

2010

 
     (In millions)  

Current deferred tax assets

   $ 1       $ —     

Non-current deferred tax assets

     13         17   

Current deferred tax liabilities

     —           (4

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 14       $ 13   

Current deferred tax assets and current deferred tax liabilities are included in captions “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Accrued Liabilities”, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheet. Non-current deferred tax assets and non-current deferred tax liabilities are included in captions “Other assets” and “Other long-term liabilities”, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheet.

As of December 31, 2011, substantially all of the Company’s U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, continued to be subject to a valuation allowance. The realization of these assets is dependent on substantial future taxable income which, at December 31, 2011, in management’s estimate, is not more likely than not to be achieved. In 2011, the net valuation allowance decreased by $245 million primarily for decreases in deferred tax assets related to the utilization of net operating losses due to pre-tax book income and a change in the book to tax basis in investments. In 2010, the net valuation allowance decreased by $56 million primarily for decreases in deferred tax assets related to the utilization of net operating losses due to pre-tax book income and the utilization of foreign research and development credits to offset prior period audit adjustments, net of an increase in U.S. deferred tax assets, primarily for foreign tax credits arising from withholding taxes. In 2009, the net valuation allowance decreased by $93 million primarily for decreases in deferred tax assets related to tax deductible goodwill, intangibles and discount of convertible notes.

As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had $202 million and $213 million, respectively, of deferred tax assets subject to a valuation allowance that related to excess stock option deductions, which are not presented in the deferred tax asset balances. As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, $10 million of deferred tax assets subject to valuation allowance related to a deductible discount for tax only associated with the Company’s 6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2015 (the 6.00% Notes). The tax benefit from these deductions will increase capital in excess of par when realized.

The following is a summary of the various tax attribute carryforwards the Company had as of December 31, 2011. The amounts presented below include amounts related to excess stock option deductions, as discussed above.

 

Carryforward    Federal     

State /

Provincial

     Expiration
     (In millions)       

US-net operating loss carryovers

   $ 2,703       $ 224       2012 to 2031

US-credit carryovers

   $ 462       $ 162       2012 to 2031

Canada-net operating loss carryovers

   $ 187       $ 187       2025 to 2028

Canada-credit carryovers

   $ 367       $ 22       2012 to 2031

Canada-R&D pools

   $ 339       $ 339       no expiration

Barbados-net operating loss carryovers

   $ 305         N/A       2012 to 2017

Other foreign net operating loss carryovers

   $ 15         N/A       various

Utilization of $81 million of the Company’s U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards are subject to annual limitations as a result of the ATI acquisition and prior purchase transactions.

 

78


Table of Contents

The table below displays reconciliation between statutory federal income taxes and the total provision (benefit) for income taxes.

 

      Tax     Rate  
     (In millions except for percentages)  

2011

    

Statutory federal income tax expense

   $ 172        35.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     1        0.2

Foreign income at other than U.S. rates

     (2     (0.4 )% 

US valuation allowance utilized

     (171     (34.8 )% 

Credit monetization

     (4     (0.8 )% 
     $ (4     (0.8 )% 

2010

    

Statutory federal income tax expense

   $ 178        35.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     1        0.2

Foreign income at other than U.S. rates

     (24     (4.7 )% 

Foreign losses not benefited

     51        10.0

US valuation allowance utilized

     (164     (32.3 )% 

Alternative minimum tax

     (2     (0.4 )% 

Credit monetization

     (2     (0.4 )% 
     $ 38        7.4

2009

    

Statutory federal income tax expense

   $ 147        35.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     1        0.2

Foreign income at other than U.S. rates

     (63     (15.0 )% 

Foreign losses not benefited

     306        73.1

Foreign benefits not realized

     122        29.1

US special deduction under IRC 186

     (396     (94.5 )% 

Credit monetization

     (5     (1.2 )% 
     $ 112        26.7

The Company has made no provision for U.S. income taxes on approximately $414 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries through December 31, 2011 because it is the Company’s intention to permanently reinvest such earnings. If such earnings were distributed, the Company would incur additional income taxes of approximately $141 million (after an adjustment for foreign tax credits). These additional income taxes may not result in income tax expense or a cash payment to the Internal Revenue Service, but may result in the utilization of deferred tax assets that are currently subject to a valuation allowance.

The Company’s operations in Singapore and Malaysia currently operate under tax holidays, which will expire in whole or in part at various dates through 2014. Certain of the tax holidays may be extended if specific conditions are met. The net impact of these tax holidays was to increase the Company’s net income by $9 million and $7 million, in 2011 and 2010, respectively (less than $.01 per share, diluted). Due to losses, the tax holidays did not impact the Company’s net income in 2009.

A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

      2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 42      $ 166      $ 180   

Increases for tax positions taken in prior years

     28        —          11   

Decreases for tax positions taken in prior years

     (4     (8     (18

Increases for tax positions taken in the current year

     8        7        6   

Decreases for settlements with taxing authorities

     (5     (119     (8

Decreases for lapsing of the statute of limitations

     —          (4     (5

Balance at end of year

   $ 69      $ 42      $ 166   

 

79


Table of Contents

The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would impact the effective tax rate was $4 million, $8 million, and $11 million as of December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010, and December 26, 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $2 million of accrued interest and no accrued penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. As of December 25, 2010, the Company had accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of $10 million and $1 million, respectively. As of December 26, 2009, the Company had accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of $16 million and $5 million, respectively. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties to unrecognized tax benefits as interest expense and income tax expense, respectively.

The Company recorded a reduction of interest expense of $2 million and a decrease of $1 million of penalty expense in its consolidated statement of operations in 2011. The Company recorded a reduction of interest expense of $6 million and a decrease of $4 million of penalty expense in its consolidated statement of operations in 2010. The Company recorded net interest expense of $2 million and a decrease of $24 million of penalty expense in its consolidated statement of operations in 2009. During the 12 months beginning January 1, 2012, the Company expects to reduce its unrecognized tax benefits by approximately $4 million primarily as a result of the expiration of tax holidays. The Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that other unrecognized tax benefits will materially change in the next 12 months. However, the resolutions and/or closure of open audits are highly uncertain.

As of December 25, 2010, the Canada Revenue Agency, or CRA, has completed its audit of ATI for the years 2000 through 2004 and issued its final Notice of Assessment. During the second quarter of 2010, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service completed its audit of the U.S. Federal income tax returns for the years ending 2004 through 2006 inclusive. As of December 31, 2011 the German tax authorities completed its audit of AMD’s German subsidiaries for the tax years 2001 through 2004. AMD and its subsidiaries have several foreign, foreign provincial, and U.S. state audits in process at any one point in time. The Company has provided for uncertain tax positions that require a liability under the adopted method to account for uncertainty in income taxes. The Company has not recognized any current or long-term deferred tax assets under a valuation allowance as a result of the application of uncertainty in income taxes in ASC 740 for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2011.

NOTE 10: Debt and Other Obligations

Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

The Company’s long-term debt and capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 consisted of:

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
 
     (In millions)  

5.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012

   $ 485       $ 485   

6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2015, net of discount

     546         723   

8.125% Senior Notes due 2017, net of discount

     459         454   

7.75% Senior Notes Due 2020

     500         500   

Capital lease obligations

     26         30   
     2,016         2,192   

Less: current portion

     489         4   

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion

   $ 1,527       $ 2,188   

5.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012

On August 14, 2007, the Company issued $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of the 5.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012 (the 5.75% Notes). The 5.75% Notes are general unsecured senior obligations. Interest is payable in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year beginning February 15, 2008 until the maturity date of August 15, 2012. The terms of the 5.75% Notes are governed by an Indenture (the 5.75% Indenture), dated as of August 14, 2007, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. In 2009, the Company repurchased $1,015 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 5.75% Notes for $1,002 million in cash.

 

80


Table of Contents

As of December 25, 2011, the remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.75% Notes was $485 million. The Company reclassified this amount to current liabilities because the 5.75% Notes mature in the next 12 months.

The 5.75% Notes are convertible, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date of the 5.75% Notes, into shares of the Company’s common stock based on an initial conversion rate of 49.6771 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 5.75% Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $20.13 per share. This initial conversion price represents a premium of 50% relative to the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock on August 8, 2007 (the trading date preceding the date of pricing of the 5.75% Notes) of $13.42 per share. This initial conversion rate will be adjusted for certain anti-dilution events. In addition, the conversion rate will be increased in the case of corporate events that constitute a fundamental change (as defined in the 5.75% Indenture) of AMD under certain circumstances. Holders of the 5.75% Notes may require the Company to repurchase the 5.75% Notes for cash equal to 100% of the principal amount to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the 5.75% Indenture) or a termination of trading (as defined in the 5.75% Indenture). Additionally, an event of default (as defined in the 5.75% Indenture) may result in the acceleration of the maturity of the 5.75% Notes.

The 5.75% Notes rank equally with the Company’s existing and future senior debt and are senior to all of the Company’s future subordinated debt. The 5.75% Notes rank junior to all of the Company’s future senior secured debt to the extent of the collateral securing such debt and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.

The Company may elect to refinance the outstanding amount of our 5.75% Notes, or to purchase or otherwise retire the outstanding amount of its 5.75% Notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, either directly or through intermediaries. Otherwise, the Company will pay off the outstanding amount of the 5.75% Notes at maturity.

6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2015

On April 27, 2007, the Company issued $2.2 billion aggregate principal amount of the 6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2015(the 6.00% Notes). The 6.00% Notes are general unsecured senior obligations. Interest is payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year beginning November 1, 2007 until the maturity date of May 1, 2015. The terms of the 6.00% Notes are governed by an Indenture (the 6.00% Indenture) dated April 27, 2007, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

In 2011, the Company repurchased $200 million in aggregate principal amount of its 6.00% Notes in open market transactions for $202 million. Prior to 2011, the Company repurchased $1.4 billion in aggregate principal amount of the 6.00% Notes for $1.2 billion. As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 6.00% Notes was $580 million and the remaining carrying value was approximately $546 million, net of debt discount of $34 million.

In the first quarter of 2009, the Company adopted the new guidance for accounting for convertible debt that may be fully or partially settled in cash upon conversion and modified its accounting for its 6.00% Notes. To retrospectively apply this new guidance, the proceeds from the issuance of the Company’s 6.00% Notes were allocated between a liability (issued at a discount) and equity in a manner that reflects interest expense at the market interest rate for similar nonconvertible debt as of the original issuance date of the 6.00% Notes. The debt discount is being accreted from issuance through April 2015, the period the 6.00% Notes are expected to be outstanding, with the accretion recorded as additional non-cash interest expense. The equity component is included in the paid-in-capital portion of stockholders’ equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The initial value of the equity component ($259 million), which reflects the equity conversion feature of the 6.00% Notes, is equal to the initial debt discount.

For the repurchase of its 6.00% Notes during 2011, the Company allocated $9 million of the $200 million aggregate cash payment to the equity component and reduced the carrying amount of the debt by $191 million.

Information related to equity and debt components:

 

      December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
 
     (In millions)  

Carrying amount of the equity component

   $ 162      $ 171   

Principal amount of the 6.00% Notes

     580        780   

Unamortized discount(1)

     (34     (57

Net carrying amount

   $ 546      $ 723   
(1) 

As of December 31, 2011, the remaining period over which the unamortized discount will be amortized is 40 months.

 

81


Table of Contents

Information related to interest rates and expense:

 

      2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Effective interest rate

     8     8     8

Interest cost related to contractual interest coupon

   $ 45      $ 93      $ 117   

Interest cost related to amortization of the discount

   $ 11      $ 20      $ 25   

Upon the occurrence of certain events described in the 6.00% Indenture, the 6.00% Notes will be convertible into cash up to the principal amount, and if applicable, into shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon conversion of the 6.00% Notes in respect of any conversion value above the principal amount, based on an initial conversion rate of 35.6125 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 6.00% Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $28.08 per share. This initial conversion price represents a premium of 100% relative to the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock on April 23, 2007 (the trading date preceding the date of pricing of the 6.00% Notes) of $14.04 per share. The conversion rate will be adjusted for certain anti-dilution events. In addition, the conversion rate will be increased in the case of corporate events that constitute a fundamental change (as defined in the 6.00% Indenture) under certain circumstances. Holders of the 6.00% Notes may require the Company to repurchase the 6.00% Notes for cash equal to 100% of the principal amount to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest upon the occurrence of a fundamental change or a termination of trading (as defined in the 6.00% Indenture). Additionally, an event of default (as defined in the 6.00% Indenture) may result in the acceleration of the maturity of the 6.00% Notes.

The 6.00% Notes rank equally with the Company’s existing and future senior debt and are senior to all of the Company’s future subordinated debt. The 6.00% Notes rank junior to all of the Company’s future senior secured debt to the extent of the collateral securing such debt and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.

The Company may elect to purchase or otherwise retire the balance of the 6.00% Notes with cash, stock or other assets from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions, either directly or through intermediaries, or by tender offer when it believes the market conditions are favorable to do so.

8.125% Senior Notes Due 2017

On November 30, 2009, the Company issued $500 million of the 8.125% Senior Notes Due 2017 (the 8.125% Notes) at a discount of 10.204%. The 8.125% Notes are general unsecured senior obligations. Interest is payable on June 15 and December 15 of each year beginning June 15, 2010 until the maturity date of December 15, 2017. The discount of $51 million is recorded as contra debt and will be amortized to interest expense over the life of the 8.125% Notes using the effective interest method. The 8.125% Notes are governed by the terms of an indenture (the 8.125% Indenture) dated November 30, 2009 between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8.125% Notes was $500 million and the remaining carrying value was approximately $459 million, net of debt discount of $41 million.

At anytime (which may be more than once) before December 15, 2012, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 8.125% Notes within 90 days of the closing of an equity offering with the net proceeds thereof at a redemption price of not greater than 108.125% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption. Prior to December 15, 2013, the Company may redeem some or all of the 8.125% Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and a “make whole” premium (as defined in the 8.125% Indenture). Thereafter, the Company may redeem all or part of the 8.125% Notes at any time at specified redemption prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Holders have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the Company’s 8.125% Notes in the event that the Company undergoes a change of control, as defined in the indenture governing the 8.125% Notes, at a repurchase price of 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Additionally, an event of default (as defined in the 8.125% Indenture) may result in the acceleration of the maturity of the 8.125% Notes.

The 8.125% Indenture contains certain covenants that limit, among other things, the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries from:

 

   

incurring additional indebtedness, except specified permitted debt;

 

82


Table of Contents
   

paying dividends and making other restricted payments;

 

   

making certain investments if an event of a default exists, or if specified financial conditions are not satisfied;

 

   

creating or permitting certain liens;

 

   

creating or permitting restrictions on the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to the Company;

 

   

using the proceeds from sales of assets;

 

   

entering into certain types of transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

consolidating, merging or selling our assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety.

The 8.125% Notes rank equally with the Company’s existing and future senior debt and are senior to all of the Company’s future subordinated debt. The 8.125% Notes rank junior to all of the Company’s future senior secured debt to the extent of the collateral securing such debt and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.

The Company may elect to purchase or otherwise retire the 8.125% Notes with cash, stock or other assets from time to time in open market or private negotiated transactions, either directly or through intermediaries, or by tender offer, when it believes the market conditions are favorable to do so.

7.75% Senior Notes Due 2020

On August 4, 2010, the Company issued $500 million of 7.75% Senior Notes Due 2020 (7.75% Notes). The 7.75% Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company. Interest is payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year beginning February 1, 2011 until the maturity date of August 1, 2020. The 7.75% Notes are governed by the terms of an indenture (the 7.75% Indenture) dated August 4, 2010 between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 7.75% Notes was $500 million.

At any time (which may be more than once) before August 1, 2013, the Company can redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 7.75% Notes within 90 days of the closing of an equity offering with the net proceeds thereof at a redemption price not greater than 107.75% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption. Prior to August 1, 2015, the Company may redeem some or all of the 7.75% Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and a “make whole” premium (as defined in the 7.75% Indenture). From August 1, 2015, the Company may redeem the 7.75% Notes at specified redemption prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Holders have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of its 7.75% Notes in the event that the Company undergoes a change of control, as defined in the 7.75% Indenture at a repurchase price of 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Additionally, an event of default (as defined in the 7.75% Indenture) may result in the acceleration of the maturity of the 7.75% Notes.

The 7.75% Indenture contains certain covenants that limit, among other things, the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries, from:

 

   

incurring additional indebtedness, except specified permitted debt;

 

   

paying dividends and making other restricted payments;

 

   

making certain investments if an event of a default exists, or if specified financial conditions are not satisfied;

 

   

creating or permitting certain liens;

 

   

creating or permitting restrictions on the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to the Company;

 

   

using the proceeds from sales of assets;

 

   

entering into certain types of transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

consolidating, merging or selling its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety.

 

83


Table of Contents

The 7.75% Notes rank equally with the Company’s existing and future senior debt and are senior to all of the Company’s future subordinated debt. The 7.75% Notes rank junior to all of the Company’s future senior secured debt to the extent of the collateral securing such debt and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.

The Company may elect to purchase or otherwise retire the 7.75% Notes with cash, stock or other assets from time to time in open market or private negotiated transactions, either directly or through intermediaries, or by tender offer, when the Company believes the market conditions are favorable to do so.

The agreements governing its 5.75% Notes, 6.00% Notes, 8.125% Notes and 7.75% Notes contain cross-default provisions whereby a default under one agreement would likely result in cross defaults under agreements covering other borrowings. The occurrence of a default under any of these borrowing arrangements would permit the applicable note holders to declare all amounts outstanding under those borrowing arrangements to be immediately due and payable.

Fab 36 Term Loan and Guarantee

In connection with the consummation of the GF manufacturing joint venture transaction on March 2, 2009, the terms of the 700 million euro Term Loan Facility Agreement among AMD Fab 36 Limited Liability Company & Co. KG, as borrower, and a consortium of banks led by Dresdner Bank AG, as lenders (the Fab 36 Term Loan), and other related agreements (collectively, the Fab 36 Loan Agreements) were amended to allow for the transfer of the Company’s former 300-millimeter wafer fabrication facility and its affiliated companies to GF. In addition, the Company also amended the terms of the related guarantee agreement such that the Company and GF were joint guarantors of the borrower’s obligations to the lenders under the Fab 36 Loan Agreements. On March 31, 2011, GF fully repaid the amounts outstanding under the Fab 36 Term Loan. The Company was not required to make any payments under the related guarantee agreement.

Capital Lease Obligations

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had aggregate outstanding capital lease obligations of $26 million for one of its facilities in Canada, which is payable in monthly installments through 2017.

The gross amount of assets recorded under capital leases totaled approximately $23 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, and is included in the related property, plant and equipment category. Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation expense. Accumulated amortization of these leased assets was approximately $12 million and $9 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 respectively.

Future Payments on Long Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s long term debt and capital lease payment obligations for each of the next five years and beyond, are:

 

      Long Term
Debt
(Principal
only)
     Capital
Leases
 
     (In millions)  

2012

   $ 485       $ 6   

2013

     —           6   

2014

     —           6   

2015

     580         6   

2016

     —           6   

2017 and beyond

     1,000         1   

Total

     2,065         31   

Less: amount representing interest

     —           5   

Total

   $ 2,065       $ 26   

 

84


Table of Contents

Other Short-Term Obligations—Receivable Financing Arrangement

In 2011, the Company received proceeds of approximately $170 million from the sale of accounts receivable under the receivable financing arrangement with the IBM Parties. The IBM Parties collected approximately $396 million from the Company’s distributor customers participating in the financing arrangement. The Company terminated the financing arrangement with the IBM Parties in February 2011and there were no outstanding invoices as of December 31, 2011.

NOTE 11: Legal Settlements

SGI (Graphics Properties Holdings, Inc.) v. ATI and AMD, Case No.06-C-0611 in the United States District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin

On April 18, 2011, the parties entered into a confidential Settlement and License Agreement that resolved this litigation matter for an immaterial amount and that provides immunity under all Graphics Properties Holdings, Inc. (GPHI) patents for alleged infringement by AMD products, including components, software and designs. On April 26, 2011, the Court entered an order granting the parties’ agreed motion for dismissal and final judgment.

Graphics Properties Holdings, Inc. (GPHI) v. Nintendo, Acer, Sony, Apple, and Toshiba, Case No. 10-CV-08655 in the Southern District of New York

Under the confidential terms of the Settlement and License Agreement, GPHI notified the defendants that the Settlement and License Agreement (as described above) entered into by AMD and GPHI immunizes the defendants from GPHI’s allegations of infringement as to AMD graphics products and designs in that case and requested the defendants’ agreement to the joint dismissal of the claims and counterclaims asserted in this litigation matter. The defendants agreed to joint dismissal. Accordingly, on July 22, 2011, the case was terminated.

Graphics Properties Holdings, Inc. (GPHI) v. Dell, Alienware, Lenovo, Gateway, and Hewlett-Packard, Case No. 10-CV-00992 in the District of Delaware

Under the confidential terms of the Settlement and License Agreement, GPHI notified the defendants that the Settlement and License Agreement (as described above) entered into by AMD and GPHI immunizes the defendants from GPHI’s allegations of infringement as to AMD graphics products and designs in that case and requested the defendants’ agreement to the joint dismissal of the claims and counterclaims asserted in this litigation matter. The defendants agreed to joint dismissal. Accordingly, on May 2, 2011, the case was terminated.

Samsung Settlement

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company entered into a Patent License and Settlement Agreement with Samsung to end all outstanding legal disputes related to pending patent litigation between the Company and Samsung. Pursuant to this agreement, all claims between the parties were dismissed with prejudice and Samsung agreed to pay the Company $283 million less any withholding taxes not to exceed a maximum rate of 16.5%. The Company received the first payment of $119 million (which represents $143 million less withholding taxes) in December 2010. The remaining amount of $117 million (which represents $140 million less withholding taxes) was paid in two equal installments in May 2011 and in November 2011. In addition, pursuant to the settlement agreement, Samsung granted to the Company, and the Company granted to Samsung, non-exclusive, royalty-free licenses to all patents and patent applications for ten years after the effective date of the Agreement to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import and otherwise dispose of certain semiconductor- and electronic-related products anywhere in the world.

This settlement encompassed all patent litigation and disputes between the parties. At the time the Company entered into the Agreement, it did not have any future obligations that it was required to perform in order to earn this settlement payment. Accordingly, the Company recognized the entire settlement amount in its 2010 operating results.

 

85


Table of Contents

Intel Settlement

In the fourth quarter of 2009, Intel Corporation and the Company entered into an agreement to end all outstanding legal disputes between the Company and Intel including antitrust litigation and patent cross license disputes. Under the terms of the agreement:

 

   

The Company and Intel agreed to a new 5-year patent cross license agreement that gives the Company broad rights and the freedom to operate a business utilizing multiple foundries;

 

   

Intel and the Company gave up any claims of breach from the previous license agreement;

 

   

Intel paid the Company $1.25 billion;

 

   

Intel agreed to abide by a set of business practice provisions going forward;

 

   

the Company dropped all pending litigation, including a case in U.S. District Court in Delaware and two cases pending in Japan; and

 

   

the Company withdrew all of its regulatory complaints worldwide.

This settlement encompasses all past antitrust litigation and disputes between the Company and Intel. At the time the Company entered into the agreement, it did not have any future obligations that the Company would need to perform to earn this settlement payment. That is, the patent cross license agreement represents fully paid up licenses by both the Company and Intel for which no future payment or delivery is required. Accordingly, the Company recognized the entire settlement amount in its 2009 operating results.

NOTE 12: Supplemental Statement of Operations Information

Interest Expense

 

      2011      2010      2009  
     (In millions)  

Total interest charges

   $ 180       $ 199       $ 439   

Less: interest capitalized

     —           —           (1

Interest expense

   $ 180       $ 199       $ 438   

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

      2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Gain upon deconsolidation of GF

   $ —        $ 325      $ —     

GF impairment charge

     (209     —          —     

Net gain (loss) on debt repurchase

     (6     (24     169   

Gain on sale of certain Handheld assets

     —          —          28   

Other

     16        10        (31

Other income (expense), net

   $ (199   $ 311      $ 166   

NOTE 13: Segment Reporting

Management, including the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), who is the Company’s chief executive officer, reviews and assesses operating performance using segment net revenues and operating income (loss) before interest, other income (expense), equity income (loss) and dilution gain in investee, net and income taxes. These performance measures include the allocation of expenses to the operating segments based on management’s judgment.

In the first quarter of 2009, as a result of the formation of GF, the Company began reviewing and assessing operating performance using the following reportable segments:

 

   

the Computing Solutions segment, which included microprocessors, chipsets and embedded processors and related revenue;

 

   

the Graphics segment, which included graphics, video and multimedia products and related revenue as well as revenue received in connection with the development and sale of game console systems that incorporate its graphics technology; and

 

86


Table of Contents
   

the Foundry segment, which included the operating results attributable to front end wafer manufacturing operations and related activities, including the operating results of GF from March 2, 2009 to December 26, 2009.

In addition to these reportable segments, the Company had an All Other category, which was not a reportable segment. This category included certain expenses and credits that were not allocated to any of the operating segments because management did not consider these expenses and credits in evaluating the performance of the operating segments. These expenses were non-Foundry segment related expenses and included amortization of acquired intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense and restructuring charges. The Company also had an Intersegment Eliminations category, which was also not a reportable segment. This category included intersegment eliminations for revenue, cost of sales and profits on inventory related to transactions between the Computing Solutions segment and the Foundry segment.

Beginning in the first quarter of 2010, as a result of the deconsolidation of GF, the Company no longer had a Foundry segment or an Intersegment Eliminations category. Therefore, the Company started using the following two reportable segments:

 

   

the Computing Solutions segment, which includes microprocessors, as standalone devices or as incorporated as an APU, chipsets and embedded microprocessors and embedded GPUs and related revenue; and

 

   

the Graphics segment, which includes graphics, video and multimedia products and related revenue as well as revenue received in connection with the development and sale of game console systems that incorporate the Company’s graphics technology.

The Company continues to have an All Other category, as described above.

The following table provides a summary of net revenue and operating income (loss) by segment and income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes for 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

      2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Net revenue:

      

Computing Solutions

   $ 5,002      $ 4,817      $ 4,170   

Graphics

     1,565        1,663        1,167   

Foundry

     —          —          1,101   

All Other

     1        14        66   

Intersegment eliminations

     —          —          (1,101

Total net revenue

   $ 6,568      $ 6,494      $ 5,403   

Operating income (loss):

      

Computing Solutions

   $ 556      $ 529      $ 142   

Graphics

     51        149        35   

Foundry

     —          —          (433

All Other

     (239     170        968   

Intersegment eliminations

     —          —          (48

Total operating income

   $ 368      $ 848      $ 664   

Interest income

     10        11        16   

Interest expense

     (180     (199     (438

Other income (expense), net

     (199     311        166   

Equity income (loss) and dilution gain in investee, net

     492        (462     —     

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 491      $ 509      $ 408   

The Company does not discretely allocate assets to its operating segments, nor does management evaluate operating segments using discrete asset information.

The Company’s operations outside the United States include research and development activities, back end manufacturing and sales, marketing and administrative activities. The Company conducts product and system research and development activities for its products in Canada, India, Great China, Singapore, Taiwan, Germany, United Kingdom, Israel and Japan. The Company’s back end manufacturing subsidiaries are located in Malaysia, Singapore and Great China. Its material sales and marketing entities are located in the United States, Europe, Greater China, Singapore and Japan. In 2009, GFs manufacturing facilities were located in Germany.

 

87


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes sales to external customers by country:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
     (In millions)  

United States

   $ 456       $ 747       $ 704   

Europe

     779         985         934   

Greater China

     3,493         3,006         2,445   

Singapore

     1,056         875         692   

Japan

     445         561         306   

Other countries

     339         320         322   

Total sales to external customers

   $ 6,568       $ 6,494       $ 5,403   

The Company had one customer that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenue. Net sales to this customer were approximately 22%, 22% and 24% of consolidated net revenue in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and were primarily attributable to the Computing Solutions segment in each of these years.

The following table summarizes long-lived assets by geographic areas:

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
 
     (In millions)  

United States

   $ 455       $ 418   

Malaysia

     70         70   

Greater China

     60         51   

Singapore

     56         79   

Other countries

     85         82   

Total long-lived assets

   $ 726       $ 700   

 

NOTE 14: Stock-Based Incentive Compensation Plans

The Company’s stock-based incentive programs are intended to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified employees. On April 29, 2004, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2004 Plan). The Company also has stock options outstanding under previous equity compensation plans that were in effect before April 29, 2004, as well as equity compensation plans that the Company assumed as part of its acquisition of ATI. Shares reserved for future grants under the Company’s prior equity compensation plans were consolidated into the 2004 Plan; none of the reserved shares under the ATI plans were consolidated into the 2004 Plan. As of December 31, 2011 the Company had approximately 10.4 million shares of common stock that were available for future grants and 58 million shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding stock options or the vesting of unvested restricted stock awards.

Under the 2004 Plan, stock options generally vest and become exercisable over a three- to four-year period from the date of grant and expire within ten years after the grant date. Unvested shares that are reacquired by the Company from outstanding equity awards become available for grant and may be reissued as new awards.

Under the 2004 Plan, the Company can grant fair market value awards or full value awards. Fair market value awards are awards granted at or above the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Full value awards are awards granted at less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Awards can consist of (i) stock options and stock appreciation rights granted at the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and (ii) restricted stock or restricted stock units, as full value awards. Following is a description of the material terms of the awards that may be granted under the 2004 Plan:

Stock Options. A stock option is the right to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a fixed exercise price for a fixed period of time. Under the 2004 Plan, nonstatutory and incentive stock options may be granted. The exercise price of the shares subject to each nonstatutory stock option and incentive stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. The exercise price of each option granted under the 2004 Plan must be paid in full at the time of the exercise.

 

88


Table of Contents

Stock Appreciation Rights. Awards of stock appreciation rights may be granted pursuant to the 2004 Plan. Stock appreciation rights may be granted to employees and consultants. No stock appreciation right may be granted at less than fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant or have a term of over ten years from the date of grant. Upon exercising a stock appreciation right, the holder of such right is entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying (i) the difference between the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price by (ii) the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. The Company’s obligation arising upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right may be paid in shares or in cash, or any combination thereof.

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock awards can be granted to any employee, director or consultant. The purchase price for an award of restricted stock is $0.00 per share. Restricted stock based on continued service may fully vest with no minimum time requirements. Restricted stock that is performance based generally may not fully vest for at least one year from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units are awards that can be granted to any employee, director or consultant and that obligate the Company to issue a specific number of shares of the Company’s common stock in the future if the vesting terms and conditions are satisfied. The purchase price for the shares is $0.00 per share. Prior to May 7, 2009, restricted stock units based on continued service may not fully vest for three years from the date of grant. Effective May 7, 2009, restricted stock units based on continued service may fully vest with no minimum time requirements. Restricted stock units that are performance based generally do not vest for at least one year from the date of grant.

Option Exchange. In June 2009, the Company launched a tender offer to exchange certain outstanding stock options with an exercise price greater than $6.34 per share, a grant date on or before June 28, 2008 and an expiration date after July 27, 2010, held by eligible employees for replacement options to be granted under the 2004 Plan (the Option Exchange). The Option Exchange expired on July 27, 2009. As a result, employees tendered options to purchase 14.6 million shares of common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $14.70 per share, and the Company cancelled and replaced those options on July 27, 2009 with options to purchase 4 million shares of common stock with an exercise price of $3.80 per share, which was the closing price of the Company common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on July 27, 2009. The Option Exchange resulted in an incremental stock-based compensation charge of approximately $1 million. This incremental charge along with unamortized expenses associated with the cancelled options are being recognized over the new vesting periods of the replacement options which range from one to two years.

Market-based restricted stock units and stock options. During 2011, the Company granted restricted stock units and stock options with both a market condition and a service condition (market-based restricted stock units and stock options) to the Company’s new President and Chief Executive Officer, whom the Company hired in August 2011. The market-based condition for these awards requires that AMD common stock maintains a weighted average closing price during the three-year vesting period of equal to or greater than $11.00 per share over any 30-day period. Provided the market-based condition is satisfied and our President and CEO remains an employee of the Company, the grants will vest in three equal annual installments on the applicable vesting date. The Company estimated the fair value of market-based restricted stock units and stock options using a Monte Carlo simulation model on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2011, there were 287,000 market-based restricted stock units and 739,000 market-based stock options outstanding with a grant date fair value of $1.3 million and $2.0 million respectively.

Valuation and Expense Information

Stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units was allocated in the consolidated statements of operations as follows:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
     (In millions)  

Cost of sales

   $ 6       $ 4       $ 3   

Research and development

     46         46         40   

Marketing, general, and administrative

     38         37         32   

Total stock-based compensation expense, net of tax of $0

   $ 90       $ 87       $ 75   

During 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company did not realize any excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation and therefore the Company did not record any related financing cash flows. The Company did not capitalize stock-based compensation cost as part of the cost of an asset because the cost was immaterial.

The Company uses the lattice-binomial model in determining the fair value of the employee stock options.

 

89


Table of Contents

The weighted-average estimated fair value of employee stock options granted for the year ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 was $2.85, $3.20 and $2.59 per share respectively, using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

      2011     2010     2009  

Expected volatility

     54.82     55.97     70.51

Risk-free interest rate

     1.60     1.34     1.56

Expected dividends

     0     0     0

Expected life (in years)

     3.75        3.71        3.67   

The Company used a combination of the historical volatility of its common stock and the implied volatility for publicly traded options on the Company’s common stock as the expected volatility assumption required by the lattice-binomial model. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates commensurate with the term of the Company’s employee stock options. The expected dividend yield is zero as the Company does not expect to pay dividends in the future. The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is a derived output of the lattice-binomial model.

The following table summarizes stock option activity, including market-based stock options, and related information:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
      Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
     (In millions, except share price)  

Options:

              

Outstanding at beginning of year

     37      $ 7.77         42      $ 8.65         58      $ 11.97   

Granted

     8      $ 7.16         5      $ 7.77         10      $ 4.24   

Cancelled

     (6   $ 12.54         (6   $ 16.92         (25   $ 14.20   

Exercised

     (5   $ 3.82         (4   $ 3.35         (1   $ 3.09   

Outstanding at end of year

     34      $ 7.36         37      $ 7.77         42      $ 8.65   

Exercisable at end of year

     25      $ 7.48         28      $ 8.24         24      $ 12.04   

 

As of December 31, 2011, the weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding stock options was 3.73 years and their aggregate intrinsic value was $27 million. As of December 31, 2011, the weighted average remaining contractual life of exercisable stock options was 2.84 years and their aggregate intrinsic value was $27 million. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $21 million, $22 million and $5 million.

Restricted Stock Units and Awards. Restricted stock and restricted stock units vest in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, and are based either on continued service or continued service and performance. The cost of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards is determined using the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant, and the compensation expense is recognized over the service period.

The summary of the changes in restricted stock units and awards outstanding, including the market-based restricted stock units, during 2011, 2010 and 2009 is presented below:

 

      2011      2010      2009  
      Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
     (In millions except share price)  

Non-vested balance at beginning of period

     24      $ 6.50         22      $ 5.32         11      $ 11.09   

Granted

     14      $ 7.34         12      $ 8.54         17      $ 4.12   

Forfeited

     (4   $ 6.66         (2   $ 6.13         (2   $ 9.70   

Vested

     (10   $ 6.25         (8   $ 6.41         (4   $ 13.68   

Non-vested balance at end of period

     24      $ 7.07         24      $ 6.50         22      $ 5.32   

 

90


Table of Contents

The total fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units vested during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $74 million, $61 million and $16 million, respectively. Compensation expense recognized for the restricted stock units for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $73 million, $61 million and $49 million. Compensation expense recognized for the restricted stock awards is not significant.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $21 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock options that will be recognized over the weighted average period of 2.08 years.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $103 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to restricted stock awards and restricted stock units that will be recognized over the weighted average period of 1.79 years.

NOTE 15: Other Employee Benefit Plans

Retirement Savings Plan. The Company has a retirement savings plan, commonly known as a 401(k) plan, that allows participating employees in the United States to contribute up to 100% of their pre-tax salary subject to Internal Revenue Service limits. The Company matched employee contributions 75% for the first 6% of participants’ contributions, to a maximum match of $11,025 which is 4.5% (75% of the 6%) of the Internal Revenue Service compensation limit. The Company’s contributions to the 401(k) plan were approximately $20 million in 2011, $9 million in 2010 and $5 million in 2009.

In 2009, as part of its cost cutting efforts, the Company temporarily suspended the matching contributions for its 401(k) plan, effective February 2, 2009. In January 2010, the Company announced the partial reinstatement of the Section 401(k) plan matching contributions for 2010. At the end of 2010, the Company looked back at all employee contributions and made a one-time match equivalent to half of the full-year amount. This Company match was one-half of 75% of contributions through December 31, 2010, up to the first 6% of pay deferred.

NOTE 16: Commitments and Guarantees

As of December 31, 2011, total non-cancelable long-term operating lease obligations, including those for facilities vacated in connection with restructuring activities, were as follows for each of the next five years and beyond:

 

      Operating
leases
 
     (In millions)  

2012

   $ 36   

2013

     32   

2014

     29   

2015

     24   

2016

     17   

2017 and beyond

     37   
     $ 175   

The Company leases certain of its facilities and in some jurisdictions the Company leases the land on which these facilities are built, under non-cancelable lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2022. The Company also leases certain manufacturing and office equipment for terms ranging from 1 to 5 years. Rent expense was approximately $48 million, $44 million and $55 million in 2011, 2010, and 2009.

In December 1998, the Company arranged for the sale of its marketing, general and administrative facility in Sunnyvale, California and leased it back for a period of 20 years. The Company recorded a deferred gain of $37 million on the sale and is amortizing it over the life of the lease. The lease expires in December 2018. At the beginning of the fourth lease year and every three years thereafter, the rent is adjusted by 200% of the cumulative increase in the consumer price index over the prior three-year period, up to a maximum of 6.9%. Certain other operating leases contain provisions for escalating lease payments subject to changes in the consumer price index. Total future lease obligations as of December 31, 2011, were approximately $175 million.

The Company’s purchase obligations primarily include the Company’s obligations to purchase wafers and substrates from third parties. Total non-cancelable purchase obligations, other than those to GF under the WSA, as of December 31, 2011 were $374 million. For the obligations to GF under the WSA, see discussion in Note 3.

 

91


Table of Contents

Guarantees of Indebtedness Not Recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet

AMTC and BAC Guarantees

The Advanced Mask Technology Center GmbH & Co. KG (AMTC) and Maskhouse Building Administration GmbH & Co. KG (BAC) are joint ventures initially formed for the purpose of constructing and operating an advanced photomask facility in Dresden, Germany. In 2010, the Company’s limited partnership interests in AMTC and BAC were effectively transferred to an affiliate of GF.

AMD, GF and Toppan Photomasks Germany GmbH, guaranteed AMTC’s rental obligations relating to a portion of the BAC facility. The Company’s portion of the guarantee was made on a joint and several basis with GF. GF separately agreed to indemnify the Company under certain circumstances if it were called upon to make any payments under the guarantee granted by the Company.

The BAC term loan was fully repaid in December 2011, and as a result the AMTC rental contract guarantee terminated. The Company was not required to make any payments under the guarantee.

In addition, the Company and GF were joint and several guarantors of 50% of AMTC’s obligations under a revolving credit facility. In December 2011, the Company was released from the guarantee. The Company was not required to make any payments under the guarantee.

Warranties and Indemnities

The Company generally warrants that its products sold to its customers will conform to the Company’s approved specifications and be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for one year. Subject to certain exceptions, the Company also offers a three-year limited warranty to end users for only those CPU and AMD A-Series APU products that are commonly referred to as “processors in a box” and has also offered extended limited warranties to certain customers of “tray” microprocessor products and/or workstation graphics products who have written agreements with the Company and target their computer systems at the commercial and/or embedded markets.

Changes in the Company’s potential liability for product warranty during the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 are as follows:

 

     

December 31,

2011

   

December 25,

2010

 
     (In millions)  

Beginning balance

   $ 19      $ 19   

New warranties issued during the period

     35        34   

Settlements during the period

     (36     (35

Changes in liability for pre-existing warranties during the period, including expirations

     2        1   

Ending balance

   $ 20      $ 19   

In addition to product warranties, the Company, from time to time in its normal course of business, indemnifies other parties, with whom it enters into contractual relationships, including customers, lessors and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters. In these limited matters, the Company has agreed to hold certain third parties harmless against specific types of claims or losses, such as those arising from a breach of representations or covenants, third-party claims that the Company’s products when used for their intended purpose(s) and under specific conditions infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party, or other specified claims made against the indemnified party. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under these indemnification obligations due to the unique facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in each particular claim and indemnification provision. Historically, payments made by the Company under these obligations have not been material.

NOTE 17: Contingencies

Environmental Matters

The Company is named as a responsible party on Superfund clean-up orders for three sites in Sunnyvale, California that are on the National Priorities List. Since 1981, the Company has discovered hazardous material releases to the groundwater from former underground tanks and proceeded to investigate and conduct remediation at these three sites. The chemicals released into the groundwater were commonly used in the semiconductor industry in the United States in the wafer fabrication process prior to 1979.

 

92


Table of Contents

In 1991, the Company received Final Site Clean-up Requirements Orders from the California Regional Water Quality Control Board relating to the three sites. The Company has entered into settlement agreements with other responsible parties on two of the orders. During the term of such agreements other parties have agreed to assume most of the foreseeable costs as well as the primary role in conducting remediation activities under the orders. The Company remains responsible for additional costs beyond the scope of the agreements as well as all remaining costs in the event that the other parties do not fulfill their obligations under the settlement agreements.

To address anticipated future remediation costs under the orders, the Company has computed and recorded an estimated environmental liability of approximately $5.4 million and has not recorded any potential insurance recoveries in determining the estimated costs of the cleanup. The progress of future remediation efforts cannot be predicted with certainty and these costs may change. The Company believes that any amount in addition to what has already been accrued would not be material.

Other Legal Matters

The Company is a defendant or plaintiff in various actions that arose in the normal course of business. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the aggregate liability, if any, with respect to these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

NOTE 18: Restructuring

2011 Restructuring

In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company initiated a restructuring plan to strengthen its competitive positioning, implement a more competitive cost structure and conduct a workforce rebalancing to better address faster growing market segments. The plan primarily involved a reduction of its global workforce by approximately 10% and contract and program terminations. The plan also involved additional cost reduction actions that will take place in 2012. The Company expects that the 2011 restructuring plan will be substantially completed during 2012. The Company recorded a $100 million restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of 2011, which consisted of $54 million for severance and costs related to the continuation of certain employee benefits, $45 million for contract or program termination costs and $1 million for asset impairments. Of the $100 million restructuring charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company expects approximately $52 million in cash expenditures in 2012, and approximately $15 million in cash expenditures in 2013. In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company also reversed approximately $2 million of costs associated with the 2008 restructuring plan because the actual restoration costs for vacated facilities were lower than previously estimated.

The following table provides a summary of the fourth quarter of 2011 restructuring activities and the related liabilities recorded in “Other current liabilities” and “Other long-term liabilities” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet remaining as of December 31, 2011:

 

     

Severance

and related

benefits

   

Other exit

Related

Costs

    Total  
     (In millions)  

Balance December 25, 2010

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Charges

     54        46       100   

Cash payments

     (32     —          (32

Non-cash charges

     —          (1 )     (1

Balance December 31, 2011

   $ 22      $ 45      $ 67   

2008 Restructuring

In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company initiated a restructuring plan to reduce its cost structure, which was substantially completed in 2009. This plan primarily involved the termination of employees. The restructuring charges recorded in conjunction with this plan primarily represented severance and costs related to the continuation of certain employee benefits, contract or program termination costs, asset impairments and exit costs for facility consolidations and closures.

 

93


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of each major type of cost associated with the 2011 and 2008 restructuring plans through December 31, 2011:

 

      2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Severance and benefits

   $ 54      $ (4   $ 25   

Contract or program terminations

     45        —          12   

Asset impairments

     1        —          8   

Facility consolidations and closures

     (2     —          20   

Total

   $ 98      $ (4   $ 65   

NOTE 19: Hedging Transactions and Derivative Financial Instruments

The following table shows the amount of gain (loss) included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), the amount of gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and included in earnings related to the foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges and the amount of gain (loss) included in other income (expense), net related to contracts not designated as hedging instruments, which was allocated in the consolidated statement of operations as follows:

 

      2011     2010  
     (In millions)  

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

    

Contracts designated as cash flow hedging instruments

    

Other comprehensive loss

   $ (8   $ —     

Research and development

     2        3   

Marketing, general and administrative

     1        2   

Contracts not designated as hedging instruments

    

Other expense, net

   $ 5      $ (13

The following table shows the fair value amounts included in prepaid expenses and other current assets should the foreign currency forward contracts be in a gain position or included in accrued liabilities should these contracts be in a loss position. These amounts were recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as follows:

 

     

December 31,

2011

   

December 25,

2010

 
     (In millions)  

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

    

Contracts designated as cash flow hedging instruments

   $ (2   $ 1   

Contracts not designated as hedging instruments

   $ —        $ (4

For the foreign currency contracts designated as cash flow hedges, the ineffective portions of the hedging relationship and the amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness were immaterial.

As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the notional value of the Company’s outstanding foreign currency forward contracts was $141 million and $302 million, respectively. All the contracts mature within 12 months, and upon maturity the amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are expected to be reclassified into earnings. The Company hedges its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions over a maximum of 12 months. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s outstanding contracts were in a $2 million net loss position. The Company is required to post collateral should the derivative contracts be in a net loss position exceeding certain thresholds. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was not required to post any collateral.

 

94


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(1). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 23, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California

February 23, 2012

 

95


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

We have audited Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 23, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California

February 23, 2012

 

96


Table of Contents

Supplementary Financial Information

The Company uses a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday in December. All quarters of 2011 and 2010 except the first quarter of 2011 consisted of 13 weeks; the first quarter of 2011 consisted of 14 weeks.

 

     (In millions, except per share amounts)  
      2011     2010  
      Dec. 31     Oct. 1     Jul. 2     Apr. 2     Dec. 25     Sep. 25     Jun. 26     Mar. 27  

Net revenue

   $ 1,691      $ 1,690      $ 1,574      $ 1,613      $ 1,649      $ 1,618      $ 1,653      $ 1,574   

Cost of sales

     918        934        854        922        906        879        915        833   

Gross margin

     773        756        720        691        743        739        738        741   

Research and development

     358        361        367        367        352        359        371        323   

Marketing, general and administrative

     243        249        239        261        250        236        229        219   

Legal settlements(1)

     —          —          —          —          (283     —          —          —     

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     3        8        9        9        11        16        17        17   

Restructuring charges (reversals), net (2)

     98        —          —          —          —          —          (4     —     

Operating income

     71        138        105        54        413        128        125        182   

Interest income

     2        3        2        3        2        3        3        3   

Interest expense

     (43     (42     (47     (48     (39     (56     (55     (49

Other income (expense), net

     (207 )(3)       (7     4        11        14        (6     (1     304   

Income before equity income (loss) and dilution gain in investee and income taxes

     (177     92        64        20        390        69        72        440   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (4     (5     3        2       42 (4)      1        5        —     

Equity income (loss) and dilution gain in investee, net(5)

     —          —          —          492        27        (186     (120     (183

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

     (173     97        61        510        375        (118     (43     257   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (4 )(6)       —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net income (loss)

     (177     97        61        510        375        (118     (43     257   

Net income (loss) per share

                

Basic

Continuing operations

   $ (0.24   $ 0.13      $ 0.08      $ 0.71      $ 0.52      $ 0.17      $ 0.06      $ 0.36   

Discontinued operations

     (0.01     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Basic net income (loss) per share

   $ (0.24   $ 0.13      $ 0.08      $ 0.71      $ 0.52      $ 0.17      $ 0.06      $ 0.36   

Diluted

Continuing operations

   $ (0.24   $ 0.13      $ 0.08      $ 0.68      $ 0.50      $ 0.17      $ 0.06      $ 0.35   

Discontinued operations

     (0.01     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ (0.24   $ 0.13      $ 0.08      $ 0.68      $ 0.50      $ 0.17      $ 0.06      $ 0.35   

Shares used in per share calculation

                

Basic

     732        729        724        720        717        713        709        707   

Diluted

     732        741        743        764        758        713        709        754   

 

(1) 

On December 22, 2010, the Company entered into settlement agreement with Samsung. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, Samsung agreed to pay the Company $283 million, net of withholding taxes. The Company recorded this amount as a gain in 2010.

(2) 

During the fourth fiscal quarter of 2011, the Company implemented a restructuring plan and incurred a net restructuring charge of $98 million primarily related to severance and costs related to the continuation of certain employee benefits, contract or program termination costs and asset impairments.

(3) 

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $209 million related to its investment in GF.

(4) 

The tax provision in the fourth quarter of 2010 is primarily due to withholding taxes that the Company paid in connection with the settlement agreement with Samsung.

(5) 

As of beginning of 2010, the Company deconsolidated GF and began to account for its ownership interest in GF under the equity method of accounting. The Company recorded a non-cash gain of $325 million on deconsolidation of GF and a loss of $462 million for the Company’s share of GF’s operating results in 2010. As of beginning of 2011, the Company changed the method of accounting for its investment GF from the equity method to the cost method of accounting. As a result of the change, the Company recognized a non-cash gain of approximately $492 million in the first quarter of 2011, net of certain transaction related charges.

(6) 

In the fourth fiscal quarter of 2008, the Company sold its Digital Television business unit to Broadcom Corporation. The Company had classified its Digital Television unit as discontinued operations at the time it decided to divest the business unit. Pursuant to the asset sale agreement, Broadcom had three years after the closing date to obtain reimbursement from the Company for a portion of any severance costs that Broadcom incurred during this time period to the extent the severance costs related to any of the Company’s former employees. The loss from discontinued operations represents payments to Broadcom in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2011.

 

97


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed with the objective of providing reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and our management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As of December 31, 2011, the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). This type of evaluation is performed on a quarterly basis so that conclusions of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concerning the effectiveness of the disclosure controls can be reported in our periodic reports on Form 10-Q and Form 10-K. The overall goals of these evaluation activities are to monitor our disclosure controls and to modify them as necessary. We intend to maintain the disclosure controls as dynamic systems that we adjust as circumstances merit. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that:

(1) Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

(2) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

(3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company.

Management has used the framework set forth in the report entitled “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011 at the reasonable assurance level. Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, which is included in Part II, Item 8, above.

 

98


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal controls over financial reporting during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information under the captions “Item 1—Election of Directors,” “Item 1—Consideration of Stockholder Nominees for Director,” “Corporate Governance,” “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors,” “Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. There were no material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to our board of directors. See also, Part 1, Item 1 “Website Access to Company Reports and Corporate Governance Documents,” above.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information under the captions “Directors’ Compensation and Benefits,” “2011 Non-Employee Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion & Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Policies and Practices,” “Executive Compensation” (including 2011 Summary Compensation Table, 2011 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation, Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End, Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2011 and Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2011), “Employment and Related Agreements” and “Change in Control Arrangements” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information under the captions “Principal Stockholders,” “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information under the captions “Corporate Governance—Independence of Directors,” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information under the captions “Item 2—Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Fees” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

With the exception of the information specifically incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K from our 2012 Proxy Statement, our 2012 Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be filed as part of this report. Without limiting the foregoing, the information under the captions “Compensation Committee Report” and “Audit Committee Report” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

99


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

1. Financial Statements

The financial statements of AMD are set forth in Item 8 of this report on Form 10-K.

Other than Schedule II, all other schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules or because the information required is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

2. Exhibits

The exhibits listed in the accompanying Index to Exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following is a list of such Exhibits:

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibits

    **2.1   Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Broadcom Corporation, Broadcom International Limited, and Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., dated August 25, 2008 filed as Exhibit 2.1 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 27, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    **2.2   Amendment No. 1 to Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Broadcom Corporation, Broadcom International Limited, and Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., dated October 27, 2008 filed as Exhibit 2.2 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 27, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
        3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. dated May 8, 2007 filed as Exhibit 3.1 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
        3.2   Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended, on July 30, 2009 filed as Exhibit 3.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 30, 2009, are hereby incorporated by reference.
        4.1   AMD hereby agrees to file on request of the Commission a copy of all instruments not otherwise filed with respect to AMD’s long-term debt or any of its subsidiaries for which the total amount of securities authorized under such instruments does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of AMD and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
        4.2   Indenture governing 6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2015, dated April 27, 2007 between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., filed as Exhibit 4.1 to AMD’s Form 8-K dated April 24, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
        4.3   Form of 6.00% Senior Note due 2015, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to AMD’s Form 8-K dated April 24, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

100


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibits

        4.4   Indenture governing 5.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012, dated August 14, 2007, between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., filed as Exhibit 4.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 14, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference
        4.5   Form of 5.75% Senior Note due 2012, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to AMD’s Form 8-K dated August 14, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
        4.6   Indenture, Including the Form of 8.125% Note, dated November 30, 2009 between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association filed as Exhibit 4.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
        4.7   Indenture governing 7.75% Senior Notes due 2020, Including the Form of 7.75% Note, dated August 4, 2010 between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., filed as Exhibit 4.1 to AMD’s Form 8-K dated August 4, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.1   Forms of Stock Option Agreements, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1991, are hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.2   Forms of Restricted Stock Agreements, filed as Exhibit 10.11 to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1991, are hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.3   Outside Director Equity Compensation Policy, adopted March 22, 2006, amended and restated as of May 3, 2007 and November 1, 2007, as amended February 12, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.5(a) to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.4   AMD 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.12 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 29, 2003, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.5   AMD’s U.S. Stock Option Program for options granted after April 25, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.14 to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.6   Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. 2011 Executive Incentive Plan, approved by the Board of Directors on February 3, 2011, approved by the Stockholders on May 3, 2011, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 2, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.7   Form of Management Continuity Agreement, as amended and restated filed as Exhibit 10.13(b) to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2007 is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.8   Form of Change in Control Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.11 to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 26, 2009 is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.9   AMD’s Stock Option Program for Employees Outside the U.S. for options granted after April 25, 2000, filed as Exhibit 10.24 to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

101


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibits

    *10.10   AMD’s U.S. Stock Option Program for options granted after April 24, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.23(a) to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2001, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.11   Third Amended and Restated Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan is hereby incorporated by reference from Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on March 15, 2010.
    *10.12   Form of Stock Option Agreement U.S. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Grant Notice filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 27, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.13   Form of Stock Option Agreement Non-U.S. Stock Option Award Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.2 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 27, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.14   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Non-U.S. Restricted Stock Unit Award Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.3 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 27, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.15   Form of Terms and Conditions For Participants Located in the U.S. Restricted Stock Unit Award (2004 Equity Incentive Plan) filed as Exhibit 10.4 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 1, 2006, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.16   Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Deferred Income Account Plan, amended and restated, effective as of January 1, 2008 filed as Exhibit 10.18 to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2007 is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.17   Form of Stock Option Agreement for AMD’s US Senior Vice Presidents and Above filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 26, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.18   Form of Stock Option Agreement for AMD’s Non-US Senior Vice Presidents and Above filed as Exhibit 10.2 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 26, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.19   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for AMD’s US Senior VPs and Above filed as Exhibit 10.3 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 26, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.20   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for AMD’s Non-US Senior VPs and Above filed as Exhibit 10.4 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 26, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.21   Lease Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1998, between AMD and Delaware Chip LLC, filed as Exhibit 10.27 to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 27, 1998 is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.22   AMD 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.58 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 29, 2003, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.23   AMD 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.32 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 29, 2003, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

102


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibits

    *10.24   Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., and its officers and directors filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 6, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.25   1995 Option Stock Plan of NexGen, Inc., as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.37 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1996, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.26   Employment Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2000, between AMD and Robert J. Rivet, filed as Exhibit 10.57 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 1, 2001, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.27   Plan to Replace Motorola Retirement Benefit for Robert J. Rivet Pursuant to Employment Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.35(b) to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2007 is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.28   Separation Agreement and Release between Robert J. Rivet and Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. dated February 18, 2011, filed as Exhibit10.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 18, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.29   Employment Agreement by and between Derrick Meyer and Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., dated July 17, 2008, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 17, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.29(a)   Amendment to Employment Agreement between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Derrick Meyer, entered into as of January 20, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.2 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.30   Guarantee Agreement dated 21 April 2004 as amended by Amendment Agreements dated 10 October 2006 and 25 February 2009 between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and The Foundry Company (as Guarantors), AMD Fab 36 Limited Liability Company & CO. KG (as Borrower), Dresdner Bank AG in Berlin (as Security Agent), Dresdner Bank AG, Niederlassung Luxemburg (as Facility Agent) and AMD Netherlands Technologies B.V. filed as Exhibit 10.2 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 5, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
  **10.31   Amended and Restated Non-Competition Agreement by and among Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., AMD Investments, Inc., Fujitsu Limited, and Spansion Inc. dated as of December 21, 2005 filed as Exhibit 10.8 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2005, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.32   ATI Technologies Inc. Share Option Plan, as amended effective as of January 25, 2005 filed as Exhibit 99.3 to AMD’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-138291) filed on October 30, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.33   ARTX Inc. 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 99.4 to AMD’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-138291) filed on October 30, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.34   Stock Purchase Agreement between West Coast Hitech L.P., and Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. dated as of November 15, 2007 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 15, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.35   Sale of Receivables (With Program Fees) Supplier Agreement between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., and IBM Credit LLC dated March 26, 2008 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 28, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.35(a)   Amendment to Supplier Agreement between IBM Credit LLC and Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. dated March 26, 2008 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 26, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.36   Sale of Receivables (With Program Fees) Supplier Agreement between AMD International Sales & Service, Ltd., and IBM United Kingdom Financial Services Ltd. dated March 26, 2008 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 28, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.36(a)   Amendment to Supplier Agreement between IBM United Kingdom Financial Services LTD. and AMD International Sales and Service, LTD. dated March 26, 2008 filed as Exhibit 10.2 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 26, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.37   Master Transaction Agreement by and among Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., Advanced Technology Investment Company LLC and West Coast Hitech L.P. dated October 6, 2008 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 16, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

103


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibits

      10.37(a)   Amendment to Master Transaction Agreement dated December 5, 2008 among Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., Advanced Technology Investment Company LLC and West Coast Hitech L.P. filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 5, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
  **10.38   Intellectual Property Cross-License Agreement by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., and Broadcom Corporation filed as Exhibit 10.2 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 27, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
  **10.39   IP Core License Agreement by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., and Broadcom Corporation filed as Exhibit 10.3 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 27, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.40   Shareholders’ Agreement dated March 2, 2009 by and among Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., Advanced Technology Investment Company LLC, and The Foundry Company filed as Exhibit 10.3 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 5, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.40(a)   Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement by and among Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., Advanced Technology Investment Company LLC, ATIC International Investment Company LLC and GLOBALFOUNDRIES Inc. dated December 27, 2010 filed as Exhibit 10.44(a) to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.41   Funding Agreement dated March 2, 2009 by and among Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., Advanced Technology Investment Company LLC, and The Foundry Company filed as Exhibit 10.4 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 5, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.41(a)   Amended and Restated Funding Agreement by and among Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., Advanced Technology Investment Company LLC and GLOBALFOUNDRIES Inc. dated December 27, 2010 filed as Exhibit 10.45(a) to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference.
  **10.42   Wafer Supply Agreement dated March 2, 2009 by and among Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., The Foundry Company and AMD Fab Technologies US Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.5 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 5, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
  **10.42(a)   Wafer Supply Agreement Amendment No. 1 by and among Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., GLOBALFOUNDRIES Inc., GLOBALFOUNDRIES U.S. INC., and GLOBALFOUNDRIES SINGAPORE PTE. LTD. dated as of March 29, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the period ended April 2, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.43   Offer Letter—Thomas Seifert dated August 31, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 8, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.44   Relocation Expenses Agreement—Thomas Seifert dated August 31, 2009 by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Thomas Seifert filed as Exhibit 10.2 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 8, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

104


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibits

    *10.45   Sign-On Bonus Agreement—Thomas Seifert dated August 31, 2009 by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Thomas Seifert filed as Exhibit 10.3 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 8, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.46   Offer Letter (including form Change in Control Agreement)—Emilio Ghilardi dated December 18, 2008 filed as Exhibit 10.62 to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 26, 2009 is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.47   Sign-On Bonus Agreement dated January 14, 2009 by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Emilio Ghilardi filed as Exhibit 10.63 to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 26, 2009 is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.48   Settlement Agreement dated November 17, 2009 between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Intel Corporation filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 17, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
***10.49   Patent Cross License Agreement dated November 11, 2009 between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Intel Corporation filed as Exhibit 10.2 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 17, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.50   Executive Transition Agreement and General Release between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., and Thomas M. McCoy dated June 29, 2010 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 29, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.51   Relocation Expenses Agreement between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Rick Bergman, dated February 22, 2010 filed as Exhibit 10.56 to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 25, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.52   Separation Agreement and Release between Derrick Meyer and Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. dated January 10, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.57 to AMD’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 25, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.53   Letter Agreement between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., GLOBALFOUNDRIES, Inc., Advanced Technology Investment Company and West Coast Hitech L.P., filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 27, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
      10.54   Letter Agreement between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., GLOBALFOUNDRIES, Inc. Advanced Technology Investment Company and West Coast Hitech L.P., filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 25, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.55   Employment Agreement by and between Rory P. Read and Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. effective as of August 25, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 25, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.56   Relocation Expenses Agreement by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Rory P. Read dated September 8, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 1, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.57   Sign-On Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Rory P. Read dated August 25, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.2 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 1, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.58   Sign-On Performance Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Rory P. Read dated August 25, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.3 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 1, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.59   Special Sign-On Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Rory P. Read dated August 25, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.4 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 1, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.60   Sign-On Stock Option Grant Notice by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Rory P. Read dated August 25, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.5 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 1, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

105


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibits

    *10.61   Sign-On Performance Stock Option Grant Notice by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Rory P. Read dated August 25, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.6 to AMD’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 1, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference.
    *10.62   Sign-On Bonus Agreement—Mark D. Papermaster dated October 7, 2011 by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Mark D. Papermaster.
    *10.63   Offer Letter—Mark D. Papermaster dated October 7, 2011.
    *10.64   Sign-On Bonus Agreement—Dr. Lisa Su dated December 14, 2011 by and between Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Dr. Lisa Su.
    *10.65   Offer Letter—Dr. Lisa Su dated December 14, 2011.
      21   List of AMD subsidiaries.
      23   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
      24   Power of Attorney.
      31.1   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
      31.2   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
      32.1   Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
      32.2   Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
      99.1   Annual CEO Certification (Section 303A.12(a))
    101.INS   XBRL Instance Document
    101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
    101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
    101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
    101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
    101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

* Management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements.
** Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, which has been granted. These portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
*** Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. These portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

AMD will furnish a copy of any exhibit on request and payment of AMD’s reasonable expenses of furnishing such exhibit.

 

106


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

February 23, 2012   ADVANCED MICRO DEVICES, INC.
  By:   /S/    THOMAS J. SEIFERT        
    Thomas J. Seifert
    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons, on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/S/    RORY P. READ        

Rory P. Read

   President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), Director    February 23, 2012
     

/S/    THOMAS J. SEIFERT        

Thomas J. Seifert

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    February 23, 2012

*

W. Michael Barnes

   Director    February 23, 2012

*

John E. Caldwell

   Director    February 23, 2012

*

Henry WK Chow

   Director    February 23, 2012

*

Bruce L. Claflin

   Chairman of the Board    February 23, 2012

*

Craig A. Conway

   Director    February 23, 2012

*

Nicholas M. Donofrio

   Director    February 23, 2012

*

H. Paulett Eberhart

   Director    February 23, 2012

*

Waleed Muhairi

   Director    February 23, 2012

*

Robert B. Palmer

   Director    February 23, 2012

 

*By:  

/S/    THOMAS J. SEIFERT        

    (Thomas J. Seifert, Attorney-in-Fact)

 

107


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

ADVANCED MICRO DEVICES, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Years Ended

December 26, 2009, December 25, 2010 and December 31, 2011

(In millions)

 

     Balance
Beginning
of Period
     Additions
Charged
(Reductions
Credited)
To Operations
    Deductions(1)     Balance
End of
Period
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

         

Years ended:

         

December 26, 2009

   $ 8       $ —        $ (1   $ 7   

December 25, 2010

   $ 7       $ —        $ (3   $ 4   

December 31, 2011

   $ 4       $ (1 )   $ (1   $ 2   

 

(1) 

Accounts written off

 

108